lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
   7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
   8
   9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  10 Play 5x5.
  11
  12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  13 squares you must fill the grid.
  14
  15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  17 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  18 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  19 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  20 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  21 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  22 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  23 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  24 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  25 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  26 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  27 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  28 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  29 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  31 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  32
  33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  34
  35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  37
  38 \(fn)" t nil)
  39
  40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  42
  43 \(fn)" t nil)
  44
  45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  47
  48 \(fn)" t nil)
  49
  50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  52 Mutate the result.
  53
  54 \(fn)" t nil)
  55
  56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  58
  59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  63
  64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  65
  66 ;;;***
  67 \f
  68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
  69 ;;;;;;  952905 0))
  70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  71
  72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  75 extensions.
  76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  77 the file name.
  78
  79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  80
  81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  83
  84 \(fn)" t nil)
  85
  86 ;;;***
  87 \f
  88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
  89 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
  90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  91
  92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  94
  95 \(fn)" t nil)
  96
  97 ;;;***
  98 \f
  99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
 100 ;;;;;;  738399 0))
 101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 102
 103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 105 Completion is available.
 106
 107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 108
 109 ;;;***
 110 \f
 111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
 112 ;;;;;;  0))
 113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 114
 115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 116
 117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
 120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
 121 outside a function.")
 122
 123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 124
 125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 128
 129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 130
 131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 137
 138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 139
 140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 141 Prompt for a change log name.
 142
 143 \(fn)" nil nil)
 144
 145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 147
 148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 152
 153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 154 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 156
 157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 158 current buffer to the complete file name.
 159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 160
 161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 162
 163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 167
 168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 170
 171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 172
 173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 174 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 176
 177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 179 after a comma on an existing line.
 180
 181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 183 the same person.
 184
 185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 186 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 187 notices.
 188
 189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 191
 192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 193
 194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 197 the change log file in another window.
 198
 199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 200
 201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 207
 208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 209
 210 \(fn)" t nil)
 211
 212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 214
 215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 217
 218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 223
 224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 225
 226 \(fn)" nil nil)
 227
 228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 231 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 232 or a buffer.
 233
 234 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 236
 237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 238
 239 ;;;***
 240 \f
 241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21032 23080
 242 ;;;;;;  765139 0))
 243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 244
 245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 251 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 253 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 254 interpreted as `error'.")
 255
 256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 257
 258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 264 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 266
 267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 268
 269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 271
 272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 273
 274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 276
 277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 278
 279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 281
 282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 287
 288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 290 the new one.
 291
 292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 294 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 297
 298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 299 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 301
 302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
 303
 304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 305
 306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 322
 323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 324
 325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 328
 329   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 330     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 331     BODY...)
 332
 333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 337     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 339     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 340     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
 342     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 345     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 347
 348 Semantics of the various flags:
 349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 350 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 352
 353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 355
 356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 357 advised function should be compiled.
 358
 359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 360 during activation until somebody enables it.
 361
 362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 363 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 366
 367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
 368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 369           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 370           BODY...)
 371
 372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 373
 374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 375
 376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
 377
 378 ;;;***
 379 \f
 380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
 381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 382
 383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 385 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 389 rule's `separate' attribute).
 390
 391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 393 `separate' attribute set.
 394
 395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 397 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 398 on the format of these lists.
 399
 400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 401
 402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  Interactively, this function
 405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
 406
 407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 409
 410     Fred (123) 456-7890
 411     Alice (123) 456-7890
 412     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 413     Joe (123) 456-7890
 414
 415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 416 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  Interactively, all you would have to do is
 417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
 418
 419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
 420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\".  In normal interactive use,
 421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
 422 you enter it.  You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
 423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
 424
 425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
 426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
 427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
 428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
 429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
 430 throughout the line.
 431
 432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
 433
 434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
 435   (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
 436
 437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
 438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
 439
 440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 441
 442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 447 align that section.
 448
 449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 450
 451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 454 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 457 been used to align that section.
 458
 459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 460
 461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 464 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 467 to be colored.
 468
 469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 470
 471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 473
 474 \(fn)" t nil)
 475
 476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 478
 479 \(fn)" t nil)
 480
 481 ;;;***
 482 \f
 483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
 484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 486
 487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 489
 490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 491
 492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 493
 494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 496
 497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 499
 500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 501 `allout-auto-activation'.
 502
 503 \(fn)" nil nil)
 504
 505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 507
 508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 510 file variable `allout-layout'.
 511
 512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 514 specified layout is applied.
 515
 516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 518
 519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 520 Auto-layout is not.
 521
 522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 523
 524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 525
 526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 527
 528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 529
 530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 531
 532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 533
 534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 535
 536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 537
 538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 539
 540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 541
 542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 543
 544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 545
 546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 547
 548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 549
 550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 551
 552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 553
 554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 555
 556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 557
 558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 560
 561 \(fn)" nil t)
 562
 563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 566 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 568
 569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 573 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 576 outline.)
 577
 578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 579
 580  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 581    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 582  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 583  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 584  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 585  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 586  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 587  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 588
 589 and many other features.
 590
 591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 594 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 596
 597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 601 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 605 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 607
 608         Exposure Control:
 609         ----------------
 610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 614 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 615
 616         Navigation:
 617         ----------
 618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 626      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 627      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 628
 629
 630         Topic Header Production:
 631         -----------------------
 632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 633 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 635
 636         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 637         ---------------------------------
 638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 641             current topic
 642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 643             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 644             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 646            the offspring are not affected.
 647            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 648
 649         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 650         ----------------------------------
 651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 653 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 656                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 657                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 658 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 659
 660         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 661         -------------------------
 662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 663           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 664
 665         Misc commands:
 666         -------------
 667 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 668                             and establish a default file-var setting
 669                             for `allout-layout'.
 670 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 672                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 673                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 674                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 676                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 677                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 678                             format.
 679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 680                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 681                             auto-activation.
 682
 683                   Topic Encryption
 684
 685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 687 pending encryption on save.
 688
 689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 694
 695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 698 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 699 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 701 signal.
 702
 703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 705 for details.
 706
 707                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 708
 709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 710 navigation and exposure control.
 711
 712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 717
 718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 720 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 723
 724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 728 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 730 at the beginning of the current entry.
 731
 732                              Extending Allout
 733
 734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 736 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 737
 738 `allout-mode-hook'
 739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 747
 748                             Terminology
 749
 750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 751
 752 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 753 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 754         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 755 CURRENT ITEM:
 756         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 757 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 758         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 759         called the:
 760 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 761
 762 ANCESTORS:
 763         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 765         of the ITEM.
 766 OFFSPRING:
 767         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 768 SUBTOPIC:
 769         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 770 CHILD:
 771         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 772 SIBLINGS:
 773         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 774
 775 Topic text constituents:
 776
 777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 778         text.
 779 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 780         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 781 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 783         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 784         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 785         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 786         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 787         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 788         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 789         the PREFIX.
 790
 791         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 792         of the ITEM.
 793 PREFIX-LEAD:
 794         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 795         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 796         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 797
 798         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 799         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 800         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 801         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 802         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 803         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 804         docstring for more detail.
 805 PREFIX-PADDING:
 806         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 807         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 809         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 810         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 811         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 812         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 813         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 814         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 815         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 816         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 817         more details.
 818 EXPOSURE:
 819         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 820         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 821 CONCEALED:
 822         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 823         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 824
 825         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 827 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 828
 829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 830
 831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 832
 833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 835
 836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 838
 839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 840
 841 ;;;***
 842 \f
 843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (20996
 844 ;;;;;;  49577 892030 0))
 845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
 847
 848 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
 849
 850 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 851 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 852
 853 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 854
 855 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 856
 857 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 858 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 859
 860 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 861 visiting an outline.
 862
 863 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 864 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 865
 866 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 867 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 868 you want allout widgets operation.
 869
 870 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 871
 872 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 873
 874 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 875
 876 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 877 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 879 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 881
 882 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 883 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 884 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 885
 886 The graphics include:
 887
 888 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 889
 890 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 891   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 892
 893 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 894   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 895
 896 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 897 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 898 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 899
 900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 901
 902 ;;;***
 903 \f
 904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21032 23080 765139
 905 ;;;;;;  0))
 906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 907
 908 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 909
 910 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 911 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 912 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 913 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 914 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 915 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 916
 917 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 918
 919 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 920
 921
 922 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 923
 924 ;;;***
 925 \f
 926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
 927 ;;;;;;  0))
 928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 929
 930 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 931 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 932 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 933 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 934 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 935 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 936 in the current window.
 937
 938 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 939
 940 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 941 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 942 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 943  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 944 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 945 buffer if one does not exist.
 946
 947 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 948
 949 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 950 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 951 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 952 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 953 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 954
 955 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 956
 957 ;;;***
 958 \f
 959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21086 26537 509049
 960 ;;;;;;  0))
 961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 962 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
 963
 964 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 965 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 966
 967 \(fn)" t nil)
 968
 969 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 970 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 971
 972 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 973 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 974 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 975 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 976
 977 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 978 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 979
 980 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 981
 982 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 983
 984 ;;;***
 985 \f
 986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
 987 ;;;;;;  34805 522289 827000))
 988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 989 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 990
 991 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 992 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
 993 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
 994 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
 995 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
 996 \\[yank].
 997
 998 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
 999 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1000 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1001 the rules.
1002
1003 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1004 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1005 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
1006 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1012
1013 \(fn)" t nil)
1014
1015 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1016 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1017 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018
1019 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020
1021 ;;;***
1022 \f
1023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1024 ;;;;;;  0))
1025 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1026
1027 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1028 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1029 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1030 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1031 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1032 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1033
1034 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1035
1036 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1037 Toggle checking of appointments.
1038 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1039 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1040
1041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1042
1043 ;;;***
1044 \f
1045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20991 31656 363459
1046 ;;;;;;  0))
1047 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1048
1049 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1050 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1051 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1052 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1053
1054 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1055 kind of objects to search.
1056
1057 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1058
1059 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1060 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 variables, not just user options.
1068
1069 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1070
1071 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1072 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1073 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1074 like `apropos-user-option'.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1079
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1086
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1089
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1092
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1100
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1102
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1107
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1112
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1115
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1117
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1125
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1127
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1138
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1140
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1149
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1154
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1156
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1158
1159 ;;;***
1160 \f
1161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21040 17194 398147
1162 ;;;;;;  0))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1164
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1171
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1175
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1177
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1179
1180 ;;;***
1181 \f
1182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1184
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1187
1188   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1191
1192   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1193
1194   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1197
1198   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1203
1204 Variables you assign:
1205      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1206      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1207      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1209      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210                        row numbers in the buffer.
1211
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1215
1216   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1218
1219     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1220     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1221     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1222     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1223
1224     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1227     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1228
1229     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1232     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1233
1234         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235                   between that of point and mark.
1236
1237         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1238         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1239
1240         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1241         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1242         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243                   newlines inside rows)
1244
1245         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1246
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1250
1251 ;;;***
1252 \f
1253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1254 ;;;;;;  893295 0))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1256 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1257
1258 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1259 Toggle Artist mode.
1260 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1261 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1262 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263
1264 How to quit Artist mode
1265
1266  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267
1268
1269 How to submit a bug report
1270
1271  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272
1273
1274 Drawing with the mouse:
1275
1276  mouse-2
1277  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1278                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1279                 below).
1280
1281  mouse-1
1282  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1283                 or pastes:
1284
1285                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1286                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1288                                                           to new point
1289                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1291                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1293                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1295                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1297                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1299                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1301                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1303                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1305                                                           lines
1306                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1308                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1310                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1312                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1314                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315
1316                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1317                   or diagonally.
1318
1319                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1320                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1321                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1322                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1323                   poly-lines.
1324
1325                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1326                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1327                   overwrite means the opposite.
1328
1329                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1330                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1331                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332
1333                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334
1335                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1336                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337
1338                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1339                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1340                   are currently drawing something.
1341
1342                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1343                   some time to fill.
1344
1345
1346  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1347  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1348
1349
1350 Settings
1351
1352  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353
1354  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355
1356  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1357
1358  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359
1360  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1361                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362
1363  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364
1365
1366 Drawing with keys
1367
1368  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1369                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1370                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1371                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1372                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1373                 When pasting: Pastes
1374
1375  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1376
1377  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378
1379  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1380  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1381  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1382  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1383  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1384  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385
1386
1387 Arrows
1388
1389  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1390                 of the line/poly-line
1391
1392  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1393                 of the line/poly-line
1394
1395
1396 Selecting operation
1397
1398  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399
1400  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1401  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1402  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1403  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1404  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1405  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1406  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1407  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1408  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1409  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1410  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1411  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1412  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1413  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1414  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1415  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1416  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1417  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1418  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1419  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1420
1421
1422 Variables
1423
1424  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1425  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426
1427  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1428  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1429  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1430  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1431  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1432  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1433  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1434  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1435  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1436  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1437  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1439  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1440  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1441  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1442  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1443  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1444  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1445  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1446
1447 Hooks
1448
1449  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450
1451
1452 Keymap summary
1453
1454 \\{artist-mode-map}
1455
1456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1457
1458 ;;;***
1459 \f
1460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1461 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467
1468 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1480
1481 Special commands:
1482 \\{asm-mode-map}
1483
1484 \(fn)" t nil)
1485
1486 ;;;***
1487 \f
1488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1489 ;;;;;;  16424 151515 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1491
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 let-binding.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1498
1499 ;;;***
1500 \f
1501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1507
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1509
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1515
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1524
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1531
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1533
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1535
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1542
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1544
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1550
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1556
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559 ;;;***
1560 \f
1561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (20874 62962
1562 ;;;;;;  290468 0))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1564
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1567
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1569
1570 ;;;***
1571 \f
1572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21056 5418 85093
1573 ;;;;;;  0))
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1575
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1579
1580 \(fn)" t nil)
1581
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1586
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1588
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1595
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1597
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1603
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1606
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608
1609 ;;;***
1610 \f
1611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21105
1612 ;;;;;;  27518 41539 966000))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1614
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1616
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618
1619 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1620 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1621 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1622
1623 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1624 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1625 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1626 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1627 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1628
1629 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630
1631 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1632
1633 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1634 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1635 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1636 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1637 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1638
1639 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1640 directory or directories specified.
1641
1642 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1643 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1644 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1645 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1646 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1647 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648
1649 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1650
1651 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1652 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1653 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1654 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1655 should be non-nil).
1656
1657 \(fn)" nil nil)
1658
1659 ;;;***
1660 \f
1661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21041 38058 75002
1662 ;;;;;;  0))
1663 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1664
1665 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1666 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1668 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1670
1671 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1672 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 disk changes.
1674
1675 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1676 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1677 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1678
1679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1680
1681 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1682 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1683
1684 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1685   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1686
1687 \(fn)" nil nil)
1688
1689 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1690 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1692 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1693 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1694
1695 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1696 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1697 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1698 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1699 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1700
1701 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1702 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1703 writing before you save the file!
1704
1705 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1706
1707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1708
1709 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1710 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1711
1712 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1713   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1714
1715 \(fn)" nil nil)
1716
1717 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1718 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1719 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1722 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1723
1724 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1725
1726 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1727 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1729 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1730 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1731
1732 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1733 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1734 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1735
1736 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1737 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1738 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1739 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1740 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1741
1742 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1743 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1744 specifies in the mode line.
1745
1746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1747
1748 ;;;***
1749 \f
1750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21028 26023 305371 0))
1751 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752
1753 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1754 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1755 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1758
1759 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1760
1761 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1762 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1763 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1764 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1765
1766 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1767 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1768 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1769
1770 Effects of the different modes:
1771  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1772  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1773      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1774  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1775      a random distance & direction.
1776  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1777  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1778  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1779
1780 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781
1782 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1783 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1784 definition of \"random distance\".)
1785
1786 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1787
1788 ;;;***
1789 \f
1790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1791 ;;;;;;  738399 0))
1792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1793
1794 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1795
1796 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1797 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1798
1799 Start a new script from `bat-template'.  Read help pages for DOS commands
1800 with `bat-cmd-help'.  Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1801 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1802
1803 \\{bat-mode-map}
1804
1805 \(fn)" t nil)
1806
1807 ;;;***
1808 \f
1809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21096 9821 480125 690000))
1810 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1811  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1812
1813 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1814 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1815 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1816 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817
1818 \(fn)" t nil)
1819
1820 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1821 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1822 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1826
1827 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1828
1829 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1830 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1832 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1834
1835 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1836 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1837 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1838 seconds.
1839
1840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1841
1842 ;;;***
1843 \f
1844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1845 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1847
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of FORMS.
1850 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1851 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1852 FORMS once.
1853 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1854 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1855 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1856
1857 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858
1859 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860
1861 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1862 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1863 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1864 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1865 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1866
1867 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1868
1869 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1870
1871 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1872 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1873 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1874 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1875 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1876
1877 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1878
1879 ;;;***
1880 \f
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21036 20141
1882 ;;;;;;  396718 0))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1884
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1886 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1887 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1888 of corresponding buffers.
1889 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1890 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1891 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1892 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1893 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1894
1895 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1896 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1897 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1898
1899 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1902 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1903
1904 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1905
1906 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1907 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1908 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1909 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1910
1911 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1912 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1913 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1914 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1915 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916
1917 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1918 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1919
1920
1921 Special information:
1922
1923 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1924
1925 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1926 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1927 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1928 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1929 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1930 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1931 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1932 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1933 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1934 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1935 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1936
1937 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1938 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1939 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1940 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1941 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1942 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1943 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1944 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1945
1946 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1947
1948 ----------------------------------------------------------
1949 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1950 if that value is non-nil.
1951
1952 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1953
1954 \(fn)" t nil)
1955
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1957 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1958 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1959 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1960 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1961 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1962 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1963 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1964 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1965 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1966 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1967 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1968
1969 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1970
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1974 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1976
1977 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1978 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1979
1980 \(fn)" t nil)
1981
1982 ;;;***
1983 \f
1984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1985 ;;;;;;  0))
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1987
1988 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1989 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1990
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1993 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1994
1995 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1996
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1999
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2001
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2004
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2006
2007 ;;;***
2008 \f
2009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21040 17194
2010 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
2011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2012
2013 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2014 Play blackbox.
2015 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2016
2017 What is blackbox?
2018
2019 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2020 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2021 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2022 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2023 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2024 your score.
2025
2026 Overview of play:
2027
2028 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2029 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2030 four.
2031
2032 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2033 movement keys.
2034
2035 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2036 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2037
2038 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2039 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2040
2041 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2042 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2043 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2044 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2045 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2046 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2047
2048 Details:
2049
2050 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2051
2052         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2053                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2054                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2055                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2056
2057         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2058                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2059                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2060
2061         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2062                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2063                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2064
2065 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2066 example.
2067
2068 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2069 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2070 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2071 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2072 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2073 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2074 ray.
2075
2076 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2077 degree deflection it causes.
2078
2079     1
2080   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2081   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2082 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2083   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2084   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2085   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2086   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2087   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2088                                 2                         3
2089
2090 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2091 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2092
2093
2094   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2095   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2096 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2097   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2098   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2099   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2100   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2101   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2102
2103 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2104 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2105 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2106 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2107 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2108 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2109 emerging from the box.
2110
2111 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2112
2113   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2114   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2115   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2116   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2117   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2118 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2119   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2120   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2121
2122 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2123 a reflection.
2124
2125 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2126
2127 ;;;***
2128 \f
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21040 17194 398147
2130 ;;;;;;  0))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2132  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2133  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2134  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135
2136 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2137 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2138 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2139 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2140 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2141 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2142  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2143
2144 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2145 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2146 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2147
2148 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2149 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2150 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2151 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2152 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2153 recent one.
2154
2155 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2156 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2157 yank successive words.
2158
2159 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2160 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2161 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2162 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2163 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2164
2165 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2166 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2167 the list of bookmarks.)
2168
2169 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2172 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2173 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2174 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2175 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2176 this.
2177
2178 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2179 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2180 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2181 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2182
2183 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2184 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2185
2186 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2187 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2188 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2189
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2193 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2194
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2196
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2198 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2199
2200 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2201 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2202 after a bookmark was set in it.
2203
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2208
2209 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2210 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2211
2212 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2213
2214 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2215
2216 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2217 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2218 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2220
2221 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2222 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2223 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2224
2225 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2226 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2227 name.
2228
2229 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2230
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2233 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2234
2235 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2236 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2237 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2238 this.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2243 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2244
2245 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2246 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2247 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2248 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2249 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2250 probably because we were called from there.
2251
2252 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2257
2258 \(fn)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2261 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2262 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 \(second argument).
2265
2266 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2267 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2268 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2269 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2270 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2271
2272 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2273 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2274 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2275 `bookmark-default-file'.
2276
2277 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2278
2279 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2280 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2281 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2282 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2283 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 while loading.
2285
2286 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2287 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2288 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2289 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2290 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 explicitly.
2292
2293 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2294 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2295 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2296 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2297
2298 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2299
2300 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2301 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2302 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2303 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2304 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2305
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2307
2308 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309
2310 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2311
2312 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2313 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2314
2315 \(fn)" t nil)
2316
2317 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2318
2319 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2320
2321 ;;;***
2322 \f
2323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21032 23080
2324 ;;;;;;  765139 0))
2325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2326
2327 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2328 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2329 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2330 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2331
2332 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2333 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2334 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2335 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2336 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2337
2338 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2339
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2342 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2343 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2344 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2345 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2346
2347 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2351 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2352 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2353 narrowed.
2354
2355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2358 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359
2360 \(fn)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2364
2365 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2372 first, if that exists.
2373
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2379 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2380
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2387 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2388 to use.
2389
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2419 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2420 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2421 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2422
2423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2424 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2425 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2426 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427
2428 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2429 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2430 new tab in an existing window instead.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2440 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2441 Firefox.
2442
2443 When called interactively, if variable
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2445 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2450 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2451 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2454 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2457 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2458 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2459 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2460 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2461 URL in a new window.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2468 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2469 Chromium.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2476 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2477
2478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2479 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2480 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482
2483 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2484 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2485 new tab in an existing window instead.
2486
2487 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2488 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2494
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2500 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2501
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2504 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2505 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514
2515 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2517 program is invoked according to the variable
2518 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2519
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2533
2534 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2535 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2536 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2537
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2540 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2541 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point.
2551
2552 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2553 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2554 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2560
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2563 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2564 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2570 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2571 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2572 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2573 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2574
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2579 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2580 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2581 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2582
2583 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2584 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2585 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2589 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590
2591 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2592
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2594 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2595 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2596 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2597 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2598 current one.
2599
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2602 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2603 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2606 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2607
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2613 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2614 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2615 don't offer a form of remote control.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around or before point.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around the point.
2628
2629 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2630 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2631
2632 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2633 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2634
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638 \f
2639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2640 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2641 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2642
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2644 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2651 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2652 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2653 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2658 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2659
2660 \(fn)" t nil)
2661
2662 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2663 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2664 \\<bs-mode-map>
2665 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2666 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2667 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2668 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2669
2670 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2671 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2672 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2673 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2674 name of buffer configuration.
2675
2676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2677
2678 ;;;***
2679 \f
2680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21041 38058 75002
2681 ;;;;;;  0))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2683
2684 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2685 Play Bubbles game.
2686 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2687 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2688 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2689 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2690 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2691 columns on its right towards the left.
2692
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2695 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2697
2698 \(fn)" t nil)
2699
2700 ;;;***
2701 \f
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2703 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2705
2706 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2707
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2711 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2713
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715
2716 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2717 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2718
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720
2721 ;;;***
2722 \f
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21104
2724 ;;;;;;  56491 538513 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2747
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2767
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2770
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2773
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2780
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2793
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2802
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2806
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2819
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2828
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2830
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2835
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2839
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841
2842 ;;;***
2843 \f
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2845 ;;;;;;  8104 618865 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2855 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2867 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2874
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2878
2879 ;;;***
2880 \f
2881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2883  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2886 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2891 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2892
2893 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2897
2898 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2902
2903 \(fn)" t nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2906 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2907 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2908 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2909
2910 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2911
2912 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2913 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2914 This is most useful in the X window system.
2915 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2916 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 See calc-keypad for details.
2923
2924 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2927 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2932 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2933
2934 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2937 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2938
2939 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2942 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2943 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2944
2945 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2946
2947 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2948 Define Calc function.
2949
2950 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2951 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2952 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2953
2954 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2955 actual Lisp function name.
2956
2957 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2958
2959 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2960
2961 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2966 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2968
2969 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2970
2971
2972 \(fn N)" t nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21031 2230 839140
2977 ;;;;;;  0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2979
2980 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2981 Run the Emacs calculator.
2982 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2983
2984 \(fn)" t nil)
2985
2986 ;;;***
2987 \f
2988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2989 ;;;;;;  840108 928000))
2990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2991
2992 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2993 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2994 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2995 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2996 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
2997 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2998
2999 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3000 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3001 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
3002 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3003 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3004 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
3005 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
3006 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3007 window.
3008
3009 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3010 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3011
3012 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3013 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3014 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3015 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3016 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3017 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3018
3019 Runs the following hooks:
3020
3021 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3022 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3023    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3024 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3025
3026 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3027
3028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3029
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3033 ;;;;;;  0))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3035
3036 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3037 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3038
3039 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3040
3041 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3042 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3043 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3044 it fails.
3045
3046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3047
3048 ;;;***
3049 \f
3050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3051 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3053
3054 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3055 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3057 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
3058 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3059
3060 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When
3061 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3062 letter in a symbol.  This is in addition to all the normal
3063 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables.  There is no
3064 restriction to ASCII.
3065
3066 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3067
3068   capitalizedWorDD
3069   ^          ^  ^^
3070
3071 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3072 marking commands such as \\[forward-word].  This mode does not affect word
3073 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3074
3075 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3076 where underscores aren't trendy enough.  Capitalization rules are
3077 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3078 such a style.  It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3079 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3080 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'.  It's unlikely to cause
3081 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3082
3083 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3084 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3091 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3093 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3094
3095 ;;;***
3096 \f
3097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21102
3098 ;;;;;;  14759 136845 0))
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3100
3101 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3102 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3103
3104 \(fn)" nil nil)
3105
3106 ;;;***
3107 \f
3108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3109 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3111
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3114
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3117
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3120
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3122
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3126
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3131
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3135
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3140
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3151
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3155
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3160
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3171
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3174
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177   `c-offsets-alist'.
3178
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3181
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3184
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3188
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3191
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3198
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3202
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3204
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21040 17194
3208 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3210
3211 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3212 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3213 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3214 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3215 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3216 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3218
3219 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3220  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3222  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3223  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3224  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3225  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3226  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3227  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3228
3229 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3230 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3231 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3232 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3233 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3234 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3235
3236 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3237
3238 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3239 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3240
3241 Key bindings:
3242 \\{c-mode-map}
3243
3244 \(fn)" t nil)
3245
3246 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3249 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252 message.
3253
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3255
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3258
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{c++-mode-map}
3261
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3263  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3264
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3277
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3280
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3283
3284 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Java code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3287 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3296
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{java-mode-map}
3299
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3302
3303 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3310
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3315
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{idl-mode-map}
3318
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3321  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3322
3323 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3324 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3326 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3327 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3328 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3329 message.
3330
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3335
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{pike-mode-map}
3338
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3341  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3342  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3343  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3344  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3345
3346 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3347 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3348 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3349 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3350 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3351 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3352
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3357
3358 Key bindings:
3359 \\{awk-mode-map}
3360
3361 \(fn)" t nil)
3362
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3366 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3368
3369 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3371 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3372 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3373
3374 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3375
3376 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3377 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3378 might get set too.
3379
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3381 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3382 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3383 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3384 in this way.
3385
3386 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3387 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3388 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3389 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3390 a null operation.
3391
3392 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3396 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3397 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3398
3399   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3400
3401 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3402 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3403 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3404
3405 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3406
3407 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3408 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3409 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3410 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3411 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3412
3413 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3414
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3418 ;;;;;;  901087 0))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3420 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3421 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3422 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3423
3424 ;;;***
3425 \f
3426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3427 ;;;;;;  442000))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3429
3430 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3431 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3432
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3434
3435 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3436 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3437
3438 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3439
3440 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3442
3443 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3444 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3445 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3446 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3447 execution.
3448
3449 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3450
3451 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3452
3453 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3454 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3455
3456 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3457         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3458          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3459          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3460
3461 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3462 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3463 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3464 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3465 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3466 `write' commands.
3467
3468 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3469 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3470 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3472
3473 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3474 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3475 semantics.
3476
3477 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3478
3479 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3480
3481 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3482
3483 STATEMENT :=
3484         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3485         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3486
3487 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3488         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3489         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3490         | integer
3491
3492 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3493
3494 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3495 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3496 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3497
3498 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3499 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3500 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3501
3502 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3503 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504
3505 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3506 BREAK := (break)
3507
3508 REPEAT :=
3509         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3510         (repeat)
3511         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3512         ;;           (repeat))
3513         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3514         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3515         ;;           (read REG)
3516         ;;           (repeat))
3517         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3518         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3519         ;;           (read REG)
3520         ;;           (repeat))
3521         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3522
3523 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3524         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3525         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3527         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3528         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3530         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3531         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3533         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3534         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3535         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3536         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3537         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3538         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3539
3540 WRITE :=
3541         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3542         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543         ;; representation.
3544         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3545         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3546         ;;           (write r7))
3547         | (write EXPRESSION)
3548         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3549         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3550         ;; representation.
3551         | (write integer)
3552         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3553         ;; buffer.
3554         | (write string)
3555         ;; Same as: (write string)
3556         | string
3557         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3558         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3559         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3560         ;; representation.
3561         | (write REG ARRAY)
3562         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3563         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3564         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3565         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3566         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3567         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3568
3569 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3570 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3571
3572 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3573 END := (end)
3574
3575 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3576 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3577 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3578
3579 ARG := REG | integer
3580
3581 OPERATOR :=
3582         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3583         + | - | * | / | %
3584
3585         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3586         | & | `|' | ^
3587
3588         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3589         | << | >>
3590
3591         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3592         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3593         | <8
3594
3595         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3596         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3597         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3598         | >8
3599
3600         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3601         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3602         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3603         | //
3604
3605         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3606         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3607
3608         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3609         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3610         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3611         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3612         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3613         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3614         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3615         | de-sjis
3616
3617         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3618         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3619         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3620         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3621         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3622         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3623         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3624         ;; byte of SJIS.
3625         | en-sjis
3626
3627 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3628         ;; Same meaning as C code
3629         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3630
3631         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3632         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3633         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3634         | <8=
3635
3636         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3637         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3638         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3639
3640         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3641         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3642         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3643         | //=
3644
3645 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3646
3647
3648 TRANSLATE :=
3649         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3650         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3651         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3652 LOOKUP :=
3653         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3654         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3655         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3656 MAP :=
3657      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3658      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3659      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3660 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3661 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3662 MAP-ID := integer
3663
3664 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3665
3666 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3667
3668 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3669 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3671 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3672 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3673 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3674
3675 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3676
3677 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3678 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3679 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3680
3681 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3682
3683 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3684
3685 ;;;***
3686 \f
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21069 17449
3688 ;;;;;;  167398 0))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3690
3691 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3692 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3693 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3694 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3695
3696 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3697
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699
3700 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3701 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3702
3703 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3704
3705 ;;;***
3706 \f
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3708 ;;;;;;  0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3711
3712 ;;;***
3713 \f
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20958 34345
3715 ;;;;;;  952538 0))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3718
3719 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3720 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3721 There are no special keybindings by default.
3722
3723 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3724 to the action header.
3725
3726 \(fn)" t nil)
3727
3728 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3731
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3734
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3739 on the buffer contents
3740
3741 \(fn)" nil nil)
3742
3743 ;;;***
3744 \f
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21049 14338
3746 ;;;;;;  391345 0))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3748 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3753 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3755
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3758 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3759
3760 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3761
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3764 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3765
3766 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3767
3768 ;;;***
3769 \f
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3771 ;;;;;;  49577 892030 0))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3773 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3782
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3784
3785
3786 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3792 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3793 the users will view as each check is completed.
3794
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3799 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3800 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3801 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3802 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3803 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3804 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3805
3806 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3809 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3810 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3811 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3812 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3813 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3814 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3815 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816
3817 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3821 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3822 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3823 spacing are all verified.
3824
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3828 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3829 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3830 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3831 otherwise stop after the first error.
3832
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3836 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3837 Only documentation strings are checked.
3838 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3839 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3840 a separate buffer.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3847 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3848 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3849
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3857
3858 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3861 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3862 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3863 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3864 if there is one.
3865 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3866
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3871 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3872
3873 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3877 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3878 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3879 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3884 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3885 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3886 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3887 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3888 space at the end of each line.
3889
3890 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3896
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3924
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3945
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3956 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3958 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3960
3961 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3962 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3963 checking of documentation strings.
3964
3965 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3966
3967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3968
3969 ;;;***
3970 \f
3971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3972 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3974
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3978
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3983
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3989
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3994
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3998
3999
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4001
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4003
4004
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4006
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21040 17194 398147
4010 ;;;;;;  0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4012
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4019
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4021
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4027
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4029
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4037
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4040 \\{command-history-map}
4041
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4044
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4046
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (20879
4050 ;;;;;;  27694 495748 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4052
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4061
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4066
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4069
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4071   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4074   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4075   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4082
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4086
4087 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4090   list elements are:
4091
4092   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4093
4094   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4095
4096   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4097
4098   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4099     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4100
4101   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4103
4104   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4106     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4108     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109     value specified by their associated list element.
4110
4111   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4112
4113   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4114     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4115     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4116
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119   * indent the first argument by 4.
4120   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4123
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4125
4126 ;;;***
4127 \f
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4129 ;;;;;;  952905 0))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4131 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4132
4133 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4134
4135 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4136 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4137 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4138 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4139 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4140 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4141
4142 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4143 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4144
4145 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4146
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4148
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4154
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21082 29482
4160 ;;;;;;  330637 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4162
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4167
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4172
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4175
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4181 ;;;;;;  0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4183
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4198
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4203
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4208
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4211
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4215
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4217
4218 ;;;***
4219 \f
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4222
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4230
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4232
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4235
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4240
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243   `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4247
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4250
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4266
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4268
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4270
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4279
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4281
4282 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4283 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4284 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4285 directory tracking functions.")
4286
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4289 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4290
4291 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4292
4293 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4294
4295 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4296 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4297 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4298
4299 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4300
4301 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4302
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to current process.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4307
4308 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4309
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4314
4315 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4316
4317 ;;;***
4318 \f
4319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4320 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4322
4323 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4324 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4327
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4333
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4341 ignored.
4342
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4348
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4350
4351 ;;;***
4352 \f
4353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21096 1265
4354 ;;;;;;  644069 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4359
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4363 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4364 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4365
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4367
4368 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4369 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4370 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4371
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4373
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4379
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4385
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4396
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4400
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4402
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4407
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4409
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4412
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4415
4416     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417        (lambda ()
4418          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421                 (concat \"make -k \"
4422                         (if buffer-file-name
4423                           (shell-quote-argument
4424                             (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4425
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4428
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4433
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4435
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4440
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4443
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4446
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4448 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4449 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4450 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4451 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4452
4453 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4454 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4455 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4456 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4457
4458 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4459 kills its subprocesses.
4460
4461 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4462 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4463 to a function that generates a unique name.
4464
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4466
4467 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4468 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4469 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4470 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4471
4472 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4473 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4474
4475 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4476 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4477 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4478 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4479
4480 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4481 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4482 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4483
4484 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4485
4486 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4487
4488 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4489 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4490 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4491 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4492 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4493
4494 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4495
4496 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4497
4498 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4499
4500 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4501
4502 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4505 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4506 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4507
4508 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4509 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4510 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4511 See `compilation-mode'.
4512
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514
4515 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4518 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4519 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520
4521 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4522 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4523 `compilation-mode'.
4524
4525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4526
4527 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4528 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4529 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4530
4531 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4532
4533 ;;;***
4534 \f
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4536 ;;;;;;  0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4538
4539 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4540 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4541 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4544 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4545
4546 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4547
4548 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4549 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4551 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4552 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4553
4554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4555
4556 ;;;***
4557 \f
4558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4559 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4561
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4569
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4573
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4577
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4582
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4592
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4599
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4601
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603          Encoding=UTF-8
4604          Name=The GIMP
4605          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606          Name[cs]=GIMP
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4614
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4616
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4631
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4635
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4642
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4653
4654 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4655
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4657
4658 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png                       png
4660 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4661
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio          desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4673
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4675
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4680
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4682
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4685
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4692
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4694
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4704
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4706
4707 *background:                    gray99
4708 *foreground:                    black
4709
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4711
4712 ;;;***
4713 \f
4714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4715 ;;;;;;  748000))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4723 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4724
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4728 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4729 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4730 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4731
4732 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733
4734 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4735 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4736 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4737 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4738
4739 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740
4741 ;;;***
4742 \f
4743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21041
4744 ;;;;;;  38058 75002 0))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4746 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4748 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4749
4750 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4751 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4752 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4753 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4754 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4755 following the copyright are updated as well.
4756 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 interactively.
4758
4759 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4762 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4763 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4764 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4765 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4766
4767 \(fn)" t nil)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4770 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4771
4772 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4775 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4776 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4777
4778 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21041
4783 ;;;;;;  38058 75002 0))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4792
4793 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4794 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4795 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4796 Tab indents for Perl code.
4797 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4798 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4799
4800 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4801 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4802 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4803 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4804 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4805 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4806 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4807 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4808 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4809 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4810 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4811 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4812
4813 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4814
4815    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4816    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4817
4818 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4819
4820 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4821 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4822 she is most likely to want to be.  E.g., when the user types a space
4823 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4824 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4825 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4826 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4827 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4828 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4829
4830 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4831
4832             bite if angry;
4833
4834 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4835 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4836 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 to nil.)
4838
4839 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4840 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4841 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4842
4843             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4844
4845 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4846 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4847 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4848 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4849 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4850
4851 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4852
4853             if (A) { B }
4854
4855 into
4856
4857             B if A;
4858
4859 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4860
4861 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4862 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4863 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4864 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4865 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4866 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4867 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4868 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4869 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4870 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4871 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4872 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4873 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4874
4875 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4876 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4877 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4878 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4879 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4880 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4881
4882 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4883 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 man via menu.
4885
4886 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4887 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4888 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4889 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4890 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4891
4892 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4893 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4894 span the needed amount of lines.
4895
4896 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4897 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4898 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4899 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4900
4901 Variables controlling indentation style:
4902  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4903     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4904     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4905  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4906     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4907  `cperl-auto-newline'
4908     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4909     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4910     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4911     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4912     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4913  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4914     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4915     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4916  `cperl-indent-level'
4917     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4918     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4919     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4920  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4921     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4922     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4923  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4924     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4925     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4926  `cperl-brace-offset'
4927     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4928  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4929     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4930     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4931  `cperl-label-offset'
4932     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4933  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4934     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4935
4936 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4937   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4938   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4939   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4940   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4941   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4942
4943 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4944 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4945 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4946 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4947
4948 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4949 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4950 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4951 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4952 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4953 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4954 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4955
4956 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4957 column 0 is indented on
4958 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4959
4960 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 with no args.
4962
4963 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4964 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4965 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4966
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4971
4972 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4976
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4978
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4982 ;;;;;;  217000))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4984
4985 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4986 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4987 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4988 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4989 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4990
4991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4992
4993 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4994 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4995
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4997
4998 ;;;***
4999 \f
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
5001 ;;;;;;  0))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5003
5004 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5005 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5006 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
5007 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5008
5009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5010 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5011
5012 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5015 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5019
5020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5021
5022 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5023
5024 ;;;***
5025 \f
5026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21034 64808 616539
5027 ;;;;;;  0))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5029
5030 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5031 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5032 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5033 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5034
5035 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5036 a prespecified separator regexp.  For example, if the separator
5037 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5038 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5039
5040 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5041 `crm-default-separator' (comma).  The separator regexp may be
5042 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5043
5044 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5045 'elements'.  In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5046 'bob', and 'eve'.
5047
5048 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5049 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5050 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5051
5052 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5053 with empty strings removed.
5054
5055 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5056 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5057 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5058
5059 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5060
5061 ;;;***
5062 \f
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21075 56234
5064 ;;;;;;  349623 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5066
5067 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20992 52525
5075 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5077
5078 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5079 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5080 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5083 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5084
5085 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5086
5087 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5088 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5090 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5091 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5092
5093 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5094 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5095 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5096 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5097 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5098 normal function of these prefix keys.
5099
5100 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5101 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5102 options:
5103 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5104 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5105 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5106
5107 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5108 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5109 the prefix fallback behavior.
5110
5111 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally.  Trying to disable
5112 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5113 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5114 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5115
5116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5119 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5120
5121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5122
5123 ;;;***
5124 \f
5125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21024 28968 738399
5126 ;;;;;;  0))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5128
5129 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5130 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5131
5132 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5133
5134 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5135 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5136
5137 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5138
5139 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5140 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5141
5142 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5143
5144 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5145 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5146
5147 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5148 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5149
5150 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5151 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5152
5153 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5154
5155 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5159 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5160
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5162 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5163
5164 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5165 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5166
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5168 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5169
5170 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5171
5172 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5175 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5176 Return VALUE.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5179 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5180
5181 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5182 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5183
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5185 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5186
5187 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5188
5189 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5190
5191 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5192 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5193 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5194 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5195
5196 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5197 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5198 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5199
5200 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5203 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5204 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5205 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5206 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5207
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5209
5210 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5212 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5213 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5214
5215 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5216
5217 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5219 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5220
5221 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5225
5226 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5227
5228 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5232
5233 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5234
5235 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5236
5237 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5239 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5240
5241 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5242
5243 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5244 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5245 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5246 as part of Emacs itself.
5247
5248 Each elements looks like this:
5249
5250      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5251
5252 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5253 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5254 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5255 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5256 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5257 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5258 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5259 and `defface'.
5260
5261 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5262
5263      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5264                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5265                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5266                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5267                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5268
5269 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5270 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5271 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5272 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5273
5274 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5278 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5279 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5280 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5281 release.
5282
5283 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5284 that were added or redefined since that version.
5285
5286 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5290 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5291 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5292
5293 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5294
5295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5296 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5297
5298 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5299
5300 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5301 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5302 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5303
5304 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5305 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5306
5307 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5308
5309 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5310 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5311
5312 \(fn)" t nil)
5313
5314 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5316
5317 \(fn)" t nil)
5318
5319 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all saved options and faces.
5321
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5323
5324 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5326 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5327 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5328 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of
5329 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5330
5331 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5332 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5333 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5334
5335 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5339
5340 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5344
5345 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5349
5350 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5353 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5354 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5355 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5356 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5357 that option.
5358
5359 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5362 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5363 The result includes selecting that window.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5368
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5373
5374 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5375
5376 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5377 File used for storing customization information.
5378 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5379 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5380 it should be an absolute file name.
5381
5382 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5383 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5384 something like the following in your init file:
5385
5386 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5387 \(load custom-file)
5388
5389 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5390 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5391
5392 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5393 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5394 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5395 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5396 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5397
5398 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5399 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5400 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5401 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5402 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5403 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5404 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5405 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5406 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5407 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5408
5409 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5410
5411 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5412 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5413
5414 \(fn)" nil nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5417 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5418
5419 \(fn)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5422 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5423 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5424
5425 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5426
5427 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5428 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5429 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5430 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5431 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5432
5433 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5434
5435 ;;;***
5436 \f
5437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5438 ;;;;;;  0))
5439 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5440
5441 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5442 Create or edit a custom theme.
5443 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5444 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5445 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5446 from the Custom save file.
5447 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5448 named *Custom Theme*.
5449
5450 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5454
5455 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5458 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5459
5460 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5461
5462 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5463 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5464 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5465 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5466
5467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5468
5469 ;;;***
5470 \f
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5472 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5474
5475 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5476 Mode used for cvs status output.
5477
5478 \(fn)" t nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5483 ;;;;;;  0))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5485 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5486
5487 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5488 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5489
5490 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5491
5492 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5493 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5494 C++ modes are included.
5495
5496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5497 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5498 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5499
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501
5502 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5503
5504 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5505 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5506 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5509 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5510
5511 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5514 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5515 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5516 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5517 ARG is omitted or nil.
5518
5519 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5520 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5521 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5522
5523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5524
5525 ;;;***
5526 \f
5527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5528 ;;;;;;  45095 436233 0))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5530
5531 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5532 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5533
5534 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5535
5536 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5537 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5538
5539 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5540
5541 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5542 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5543 For readability, the table is slightly
5544 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5545
5546 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5547 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5548 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5549 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5550 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5551
5552 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5553
5554 ;;;***
5555 \f
5556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5557 ;;;;;;  0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5559 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5560 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5561  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5562  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5563
5564 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5565 Completion on current word.
5566 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5567 and presents suggestions for completion.
5568
5569 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5570 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5571 completions.
5572
5573 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5574 then it searches *all* buffers.
5575
5576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5577
5578 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5579 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5580
5581 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5582 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5583 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5584 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5585 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5586
5587 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5588 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5589
5590 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5591 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5592 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5593
5594 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5595 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5596
5597 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5598
5599 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5600
5601 ;;;***
5602 \f
5603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21040 17194
5604 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
5605 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5606
5607 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5608 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5609
5610 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5611
5612 ;;;***
5613 \f
5614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21032 23080 765139 0))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5616
5617 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5618 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5619 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5620 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5621 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5622
5623 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5624
5625 ;;;***
5626 \f
5627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5628 ;;;;;;  231060 0))
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5630
5631 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5632 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5633
5634 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5635 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5636 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5637
5638 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5639 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5640 Data lines are not indented.
5641
5642 Key bindings:
5643
5644 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5645 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5646
5647 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5648 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5649 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5650 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5651
5652 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5653
5654  dcl-basic-offset
5655     Extra indentation within blocks.
5656
5657  dcl-continuation-offset
5658     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5659
5660  dcl-margin-offset
5661     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5662
5663  dcl-margin-label-offset
5664     Indentation for a label.
5665
5666  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5667     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5668
5669  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5670  dcl-block-end-regexp
5671     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5672     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5673     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5674     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5675     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5676
5677  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5678     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5679     Two such functions are included in the package:
5680         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5681         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5682
5683  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5684     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5685     One such function is included in the package:
5686         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5687
5688  dcl-tab-always-indent
5689     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5690     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5691     margin.
5692
5693  dcl-electric-characters
5694     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5695     typed.
5696
5697  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5698     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5699     which words trigger electric indentation.
5700
5701  dcl-tempo-comma
5702  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5703  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5704     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5705
5706  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5707     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5708     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5709     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5710
5711  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5712  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5713  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5714  dcl-imenu-label-call
5715     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5716
5717 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5718 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5719 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5720 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5721
5722
5723 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5724
5725 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5726 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5727 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5728 $       i = 1
5729 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5730 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5731 $ label:
5732 $       if i.eq.1
5733 $       then
5734 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5735 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5736 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5737 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5738 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5739                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5740 $               type sys$input
5741 Data lines are not indented at all.
5742 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5743 $       endif
5744 $
5745
5746
5747 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5748 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5749
5750 \(fn)" t nil)
5751
5752 ;;;***
5753 \f
5754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21040 17194
5755 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
5756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5757
5758 (setq debugger 'debug)
5759
5760 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5761 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5762 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5763 of the evaluator.
5764
5765 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5766 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5767 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5768
5769 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5770
5771 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5772 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5773
5774 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5775
5776 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5777 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5778 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5779 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5780 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5781 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5782
5783 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5784 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5785
5786 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5789 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5790 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5791 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5792 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5793
5794 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5795
5796 ;;;***
5797 \f
5798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5799 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5801
5802 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5803 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5804
5805 \(fn)" t nil)
5806
5807 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5808 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5809 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5810 Upper-case letters are commands.
5811
5812 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5813 modify it.
5814
5815 The most useful commands are:
5816 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5817 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5818 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5819 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5820 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5821 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5822
5823 \(fn)" t nil)
5824
5825 ;;;***
5826 \f
5827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5828 ;;;;;;  0))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5830 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5831
5832 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5833 Customization of `columns' group.
5834
5835 \(fn)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5838 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5839
5840 START and END delimits the text region.
5841
5842 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5843
5844 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5845 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5846
5847 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5848
5849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5850
5851 ;;;***
5852 \f
5853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
5854 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5855
5856 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5857
5858 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5859 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5860 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5862 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5863 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5864
5865 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5868 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5870 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5871 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5872
5873 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5874 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5875 active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5876 any selection.
5877
5878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5879
5880 ;;;***
5881 \f
5882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5883 ;;;;;;  319219 0))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5885
5886 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5887 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5888
5889 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5890
5891 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5892 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5893            or nil if there is no parent.
5894 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5895 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5896            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5897 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5898            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5899
5900 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5901   arguments are currently understood:
5902 :group GROUP
5903         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5904         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5905 :syntax-table TABLE
5906         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5907         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5908 :abbrev-table TABLE
5909         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5910         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5911
5912 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5913
5914   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5915
5916 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5917 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
5918 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5919
5920 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5921 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5922
5923   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5924     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5925     (setq case-fold-search nil))
5926
5927 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5928 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5929
5930 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5931 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5932
5933 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5934
5935 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5936
5937 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5938
5939 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5940 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5941 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5942 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5943 the first time the mode is used.
5944
5945 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5946
5947 ;;;***
5948 \f
5949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5950 ;;;;;;  0))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5952
5953 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5954 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5955 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5956 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5957 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5958 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5959 otherwise.
5960
5961 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5962
5963 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5964 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5965 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5966 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5967
5968 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5969 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5970 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5971
5972 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5973 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5974 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5975 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5976 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5977 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5978 relevant to POS.
5979
5980 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21082 29482 330637
5985 ;;;;;;  0))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5987
5988 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5989 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5990 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5991
5992 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5993
5994 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5995 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5996 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5997 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
5998 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5999
6000 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6001 one session to another.  See variable `desktop-save' and function
6002 `desktop-read' for details.
6003
6004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005
6006 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6007 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6008 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
6009 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6010
6011 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6012
6013 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6014 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6015
6016 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6017 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6018 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6019
6020 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6021 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6022
6023 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6024 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6025 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6026
6027 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6028 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6029 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6030 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6031
6032    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6033
6034 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6035 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6036
6037 Handlers are called with argument list
6038
6039    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6040
6041 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6042
6043    desktop-file-version
6044    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6045    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6046    desktop-buffer-point
6047    desktop-buffer-mark
6048    desktop-buffer-read-only
6049    desktop-buffer-locals
6050
6051 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6052 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6053
6054 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6055 code like
6056
6057    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6058    ...
6059    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6060                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6061
6062 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6063
6064 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6065
6066 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6067 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6068 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6069 List elements must have the form
6070
6071    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6072
6073 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6074 function.
6075
6076 Handlers are called with argument list
6077
6078    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6079
6080 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6081
6082    desktop-file-version
6083    desktop-buffer-file-name
6084    desktop-buffer-name
6085    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6086    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6087    desktop-buffer-point
6088    desktop-buffer-mark
6089    desktop-buffer-read-only
6090    desktop-buffer-misc
6091
6092 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6093 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6094 created and set.
6095
6096 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6097 code like
6098
6099    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6100    ...
6101    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6102                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6103
6104 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6105
6106 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6107
6108 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6109
6110 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6111 Empty the Desktop.
6112 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6113 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6114 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6115 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6116 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6117 if different).
6118
6119 \(fn)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6122 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6123 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6124 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6125 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6126 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6127
6128 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6129
6130 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6131 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6132 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6133
6134 \(fn)" t nil)
6135
6136 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6137 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6138 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6139 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6140 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6141 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6142 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6143 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6144
6145 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6148 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6149 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6150
6151 \(fn)" nil nil)
6152
6153 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6154
6155 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6156 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6157 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6158 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6159 directory DIRNAME.
6160
6161 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6162
6163 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6164 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6165
6166 \(fn)" t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6169 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6170
6171 \(fn)" t nil)
6172
6173 ;;;***
6174 \f
6175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6176 ;;;;;;  0))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6178
6179 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6180 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6181 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6182 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6183 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6184 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6185
6186 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6189 Repair a broken attribution line.
6190 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6191
6192 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6193
6194 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6195 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6196 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6197 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6198
6199 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6200
6201 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6202 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6203
6204 \(fn)" t nil)
6205
6206 ;;;***
6207 \f
6208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6209 ;;;;;;  52525 458637 0))
6210 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6211
6212 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6213 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6214 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6215 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6216 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6217
6218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6221 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6222 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6223 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6224
6225 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6226 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6227 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6228 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6229
6230 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6231 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6232
6233 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6234       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6235       calendar-date-style 'european
6236       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6237
6238 \(diary-mail-entries)
6239
6240 # diary-rem.el ends here
6241
6242 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6245 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6246
6247 \(fn)" t nil)
6248
6249 ;;;***
6250 \f
6251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6253
6254 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6255 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6256
6257 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6258
6259 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6260 The command to use to run diff.")
6261
6262 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6263
6264 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6265 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6266 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6267 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6268 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6269 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6270
6271 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6272 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6273 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6274
6275 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6278 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6279 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6280 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6281 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6282 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6283
6284 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6285
6286 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6287 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6288
6289 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6292 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6293 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6294
6295 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6296
6297 ;;;***
6298 \f
6299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (20814 53928
6300 ;;;;;;  50501 0))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6302
6303 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6304 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6305 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6306 normal diffs.
6307
6308 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6309 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6310 headers for you on-the-fly.
6311
6312 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6313 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6314 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6315
6316    \\{diff-mode-map}
6317
6318 \(fn)" t nil)
6319
6320 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6321 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6323 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6324 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6325
6326 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6327
6328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6329
6330 ;;;***
6331 \f
6332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6334
6335 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6336 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6337 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6338
6339 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6340
6341 ;;;***
6342 \f
6343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21105 26139 752484 0))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6345
6346 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6347 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6348 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6349 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6350 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6351 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6352 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6353 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6354
6355 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6356
6357 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6358 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6359 Local to each Dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6360 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6361 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6362  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6363
6364 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6365 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6366 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6367 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6368 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6369 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6370 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6371 list of files to make directory entries for.
6372 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6373 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6374 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6375
6376 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6377
6378 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6379  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6380
6381 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6382 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6383
6384 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6385  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6386
6387 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6388 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6389
6390 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6391
6392 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6393 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6394
6395 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6396
6397 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6398 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6399 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6400   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6401   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6402 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6403   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6404   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6405   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6406   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6407 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6408 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6409 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6410 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6411   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6412   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6413   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6414   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6415   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6416   to see why something went wrong.
6417 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6418 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6419 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6420 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6421   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6422 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6423 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6424 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6425 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6426 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6427 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6428   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6429 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6430
6431 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6432 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6433 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6434 again for the directory tree.
6435
6436 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6437 for more info):
6438
6439   `dired-listing-switches'
6440   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6441   `dired-marker-char'
6442   `dired-del-marker'
6443   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6444   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6445   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6446   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6447
6448 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6449
6450   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6451   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6452   `dired-mode-hook'
6453   `dired-load-hook'
6454
6455 Keybindings:
6456 \\{dired-mode-map}
6457
6458 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6459  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6460
6461 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6462 Hide details in Dired mode.
6463
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6469 ;;;;;;  0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6471
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6473 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6475 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6477
6478 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6479 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6480 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6481
6482 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6483 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6484 directory.
6485
6486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6487
6488 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6489 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6490 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6491 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6492 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6493 from `default-directory'.
6494
6495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6496
6497 ;;;***
6498 \f
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6500 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6502
6503 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6509
6510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6511
6512 ;;;***
6513 \f
6514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6515 ;;;;;;  0))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6517
6518 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6519 Return a new, empty display table.
6520
6521 \(fn)" nil nil)
6522
6523 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6524 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6525 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6526 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6527 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6528
6529 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6532 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6533 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6534 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6535 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6536
6537 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6540 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6541
6542 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6543
6544 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6545 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6546
6547 \(fn)" t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6551
6552 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6553 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6554
6555 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6557 byte.
6558
6559 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6560 in the default way after this call.
6561
6562 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6563
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6565 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6566
6567 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6570 Display character C using printable string S.
6571
6572 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6573
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6575 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6576 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6577 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6578
6579 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6582 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6583 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6584 X frame.
6585
6586 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6587
6588 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6589 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6590
6591 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6592
6593 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6594 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6595
6596 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6597
6598 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6599 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6600
6601 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6602
6603 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6604 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6605
6606 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6607
6608 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6609 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6610
6611 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6614 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6615
6616 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6617 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6618
6619 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6620 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6621
6622 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6623 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6624 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6625 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6626
6627 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6628 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6629 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6630 in `.emacs'.
6631
6632 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6637 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6639
6640 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6641 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6642 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6643 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6644 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6645 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6646 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6647 Default is 2.
6648
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6650
6651 ;;;***
6652 \f
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6655
6656 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6657 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6658 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6659 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6660 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6661 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6662 private or ask).
6663 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6664 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6665 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6666 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6667 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6668
6669 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6670
6671 ;;;***
6672 \f
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6674 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6676
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6678 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6679 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6680 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6681 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6682 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6683 table and its own syntax table.
6684
6685 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6686
6687 \(fn)" t nil)
6688  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6689
6690 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6691 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694
6695 ;;;***
6696 \f
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21061 23341 46416
6698 ;;;;;;  0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6700
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6702 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6703 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6704 OpenDocument format).
6705
6706 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6707
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6710
6711 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6712 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6713
6714 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6715 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6716 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6717
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6719
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6721 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6722 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6723 to the next best mode.
6724
6725 \(fn)" nil nil)
6726
6727 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6728 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6732
6733 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6734
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6738
6739
6740 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6741
6742 ;;;***
6743 \f
6744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6745 ;;;;;;  0))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6747
6748 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6749 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6750
6751 \(fn)" t nil)
6752
6753 ;;;***
6754 \f
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6757
6758 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6759 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6763
6764 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6765 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6766
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6768
6769 ;;;***
6770 \f
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6772 ;;;;;;  0))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6774 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6775
6776 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6777 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6778
6779 \(fn)" t nil)
6780
6781 ;;;***
6782 \f
6783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6784 ;;;;;;  52525 458637 0))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6786
6787 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6788
6789 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6791 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6792 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6794
6795 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6796 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6797 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6798 and disables it otherwise.
6799
6800 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6801 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6802 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6803 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6804
6805 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6806 documenting what its argument does.
6807
6808 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6809 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6810 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6811   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6812   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6813   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6814   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6815   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6816
6817 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6818   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6819   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6820   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6821   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6822   mode is global):
6823
6824 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6825                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6826                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6827                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6828 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6829                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6830                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6831 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6832                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6833 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6834 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6835 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6836 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6837                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6838                 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6839                 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6840                 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6841                 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6842                 sets it.  If you specify a :variable, this function does
6843                 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6844                 in :variable).
6845
6846 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6847                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6848
6849 For example, you could write
6850   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6851     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6852     ...BODY CODE...)
6853
6854 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6855
6856 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6857
6858 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6859
6860 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6861
6862 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6863 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6864 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6865   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6866 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6867   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6868   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6869   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6870   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6871   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6872   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6873   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6874
6875 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6876 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6877 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6878 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6879 call another major mode in their body.
6880
6881 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6882 after running the major mode's hook.  However, MODE is not turned
6883 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6884
6885 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6886
6887 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6888
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6891 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6892 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6893 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6894 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6895 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6896
6897 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6898
6899   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6900   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6901   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6902   :group     Ignored.
6903   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6904              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6905
6906 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6907
6908 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6909 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6910 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6911 the constant's documentation.
6912
6913 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6914
6915 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6916 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6917 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6918
6919 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6920
6921 ;;;***
6922 \f
6923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21074
6924 ;;;;;;  35375 473679 0))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6926
6927 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6928 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6929 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6930 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6931
6932 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6933 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6934 as a top-level menu bar item.
6935
6936 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar
6937 item name.  It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6938 pairs:
6939
6940  :filter FUNCTION
6941     FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6942     argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6943     items to actually display.
6944
6945  :visible INCLUDE
6946     INCLUDE is an expression.  The menu is visible if the
6947     expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:included' is an
6948     alias for `:visible'.
6949
6950  :active ENABLE
6951     ENABLE is an expression.  The menu is enabled for selection
6952     if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:enable' is
6953     an alias for `:active'.
6954
6955 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6956 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6957
6958   [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6959
6960 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6961
6962 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6963 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6964
6965 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6966 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6967
6968 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6969
6970    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6971
6972 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6973 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6974
6975  :keys KEYS
6976     KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6977     This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6978     usually computed automatically.  KEYS is expanded with
6979     `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6980
6981  :key-sequence KEYS
6982     KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6983     menu.  It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6984     keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6985     vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6986
6987  :active ENABLE
6988     ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6989     whenever this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an
6990     alias for `:active'.
6991
6992  :visible INCLUDE
6993     INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6994     expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for
6995     `:visible'.
6996
6997  :label FORM
6998     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999     value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7000
7001  :suffix FORM
7002     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003     value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7004
7005  :style STYLE
7006     STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7007     be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7008     other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7009
7010  :selected SELECTED
7011     SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7012     selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7013
7014  :help HELP
7015     HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7016
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string.  Then that string
7018 appears in the menu as unselectable text.  A string consisting
7019 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7020
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7022 MENU.  This is a submenu.
7023
7024 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7025
7026 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7027
7028 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7029
7030
7031 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7032
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7034 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7035 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7036 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7037
7038 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7039
7040 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7041 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7042 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7043 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7044 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7045 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7046
7047 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7048 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7049 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7050
7051 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7052 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7053 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7054
7055 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7056 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7057
7058 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7059
7060 ;;;***
7061 \f
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21093 51745
7063 ;;;;;;  752738 587000))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7065 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7066
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Customization for ebnf group.
7069
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7074
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7076
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7079
7080 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7081
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7086
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7089
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7091
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7096
7097 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7098 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7099 it to the printer.
7100
7101 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7102 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7103 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7104 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7105
7106 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7110 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7111
7112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7116
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7118
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7120 processed.
7121
7122 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7123
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7128
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7131
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7133
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7139 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7140
7141 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7142
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7144
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7147 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7148
7149 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7150
7151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7155
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7160
7161 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7162
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7167
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after EPS generation.
7170
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7172
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7177
7178 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7179 The EPS file name has the following form:
7180
7181    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7182
7183 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7184              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7185
7186 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7187              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7188              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7189              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7190              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7191
7192 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7193          files.
7194
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7199
7200 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7201 The EPS file name has the following form:
7202
7203    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7204
7205 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7206              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7207
7208 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7209              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7210              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7211              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7212              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7213
7214 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7215          files.
7216
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7218
7219 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7220
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7223
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7225
7226 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7227 are processed.
7228
7229 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7230
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7235
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after syntax checking.
7238
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7240
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7245
7246 \(fn)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7250
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7255
7256 \(fn)" nil nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7260
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7262
7263 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7267
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7269
7270 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Delete style NAME.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7281
7282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7283
7284 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Set STYLE as the current style.
7288
7289 Returns the old style symbol.
7290
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7292
7293 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Reset current style.
7297
7298 Returns the old style symbol.
7299
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7301
7302 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7303
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7306
7307 Returns the old style symbol.
7308
7309 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7310
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312
7313 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7317
7318 Returns the old style symbol.
7319
7320 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7321
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 ;;;***
7327 \f
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7329 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7333 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7334 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7335 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7336 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7337 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7338
7339 Tree mode key bindings:
7340 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7341
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7345 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7346
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7350 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7351
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7355 View declaration of member at point.
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point.
7361
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point.
7366
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7376
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other window.
7381
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7391
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7396
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7401
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7405 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7406 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7407 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7408 completion.
7409
7410 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7413 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7414 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7415 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7416
7417 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7420 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7421 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7422 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7423
7424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7427 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7428 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7429
7430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7433 Search for call sites of a member.
7434 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7435 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7436 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7437 looks like a function call to the member.
7438
7439 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7442 Move backward in the position stack.
7443 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7444
7445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move forward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7450
7451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7454 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7455
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7464 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7465 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7466 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7467
7468 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7469
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7471 Display statistics for a class tree.
7472
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7478 ;;;;;;  0))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7480
7481 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7482 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7483 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7484 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7485 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7486 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7487 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7488
7489 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7490
7491 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7492 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7493   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7494   also has this effect.
7495 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7496   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7497   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7503 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7505
7506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7507
7508 ;;;***
7509 \f
7510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21040 46773 613700
7511 ;;;;;;  854000))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7513
7514 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7515 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7516 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7517
7518 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7523 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7525
7526 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7527
7528
7529 \(fn)" nil nil)
7530
7531 ;;;***
7532 \f
7533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7535 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7536
7537 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7538 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7539 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7542 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7543
7544 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7545
7546 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7547 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7549 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7551
7552 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7553 an EDE controlled project.
7554
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7560 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7562 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7563
7564 ;;;***
7565 \f
7566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7567 ;;;;;;  (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7569 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7570
7571 ;;;***
7572 \f
7573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20996 49577
7574 ;;;;;;  892030 0))
7575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7576
7577 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7578 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7579 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7580 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7581 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7582
7583 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7584 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7585 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7586 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7587
7588 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7589
7590 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7591 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7592 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7593 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7594
7595 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7596
7597 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7598 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7599 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7600 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7601
7602 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7603
7604 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7605
7606 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7607 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7608 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7609 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7610 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7611
7612 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7613 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7614 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7615 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7616 instrumented for Edebug.
7617
7618 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7619 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7620 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7621 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7622 already is one.)
7623
7624 \(fn)" t nil)
7625
7626 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7627 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7628
7629 \(fn)" t nil)
7630
7631 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7632 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7633
7634 \(fn)" t nil)
7635
7636 ;;;***
7637 \f
7638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
7639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7640 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7641
7642 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7643 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7644
7645 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7646
7647 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7648 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7649
7650 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7651
7652 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7653
7654 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7655
7656 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7657 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7658 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7659 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7660
7661 \(fn)" t nil)
7662
7663 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7665 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7666 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7667
7668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7669
7670 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7672
7673 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7674
7675 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7676
7677 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7679
7680 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7681
7682 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7683
7684 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7686 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7687 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7688
7689 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7690
7691 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7692
7693 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7695 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7696 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7697
7698 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7704 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7705 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7706
7707 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7708
7709 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7713 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7714 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7715
7716 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7717
7718 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7721 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7722 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7723 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7724 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7725 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7726
7727 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7728
7729 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7731 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7732 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7733
7734 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7735
7736 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7740 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7741 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7742
7743 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7744
7745 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7746
7747 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7748
7749 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7752 follows:
7753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7755
7756 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7759 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7760 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7761 follows:
7762 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7763 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7764
7765 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7769 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7770 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7771 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7772
7773 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7777 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7778 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7779 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7780 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7781
7782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783
7784 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7787 Merge two files without ancestor.
7788
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7790
7791 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7792 Merge two files with ancestor.
7793
7794 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7795
7796 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7800
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7804 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7805
7806 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7810 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7811 buffer.
7812
7813 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7814
7815 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7816 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7817 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7818 buffer.
7819
7820 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7823 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7824 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7825 and don't ask the user.
7826 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7827 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7828
7829 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7832 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7833 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7834 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7835 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7836 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7837 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7838 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7839
7840 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7841
7842 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7843
7844 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7848 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7849 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7850 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7851
7852 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7853
7854 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7857 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7858 When called interactively, displays the version.
7859
7860 \(fn)" t nil)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7863 Display Ediff's manual.
7864 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7865
7866 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7869
7870
7871 \(fn)" nil nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7874
7875
7876 \(fn)" nil nil)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7879
7880
7881 \(fn)" nil nil)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7884
7885
7886 \(fn)" nil nil)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7889
7890
7891 \(fn)" nil nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7894
7895
7896 \(fn)" nil nil)
7897
7898 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7899
7900
7901 \(fn)" nil nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7904
7905
7906 \(fn)" nil nil)
7907
7908 ;;;***
7909 \f
7910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7911 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
7912 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7915
7916
7917 \(fn)" t nil)
7918
7919 ;;;***
7920 \f
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21032 23080
7922 ;;;;;;  765139 0))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7926 Display Ediff's registry.
7927
7928 \(fn)" t nil)
7929
7930 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7931
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21032 23080
7935 ;;;;;;  765139 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7937
7938 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7939 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7940 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7941 which see.
7942
7943 \(fn)" t nil)
7944
7945 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7946 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7947 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7949
7950 \(fn)" t nil)
7951
7952 ;;;***
7953 \f
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7955 ;;;;;;  446000))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7957 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7958
7959 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Edit a keyboard macro.
7961 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7962 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7963 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7964 its command name.
7965 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7966
7967 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7968
7969 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7970 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7971
7972 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7975 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7976
7977 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7978
7979 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7980 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7981 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7982 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7983 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7984 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7985
7986 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7987 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7988 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7989 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7990
7991 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7992
7993 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7994 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7995 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7996 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7997 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
7998 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7999
8000 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
8005 ;;;;;;  0))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8007
8008 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8009 Set scroll margins.
8010 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8011 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8012
8013 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8016 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8017
8018 \(fn)" t nil)
8019
8020 ;;;***
8021 \f
8022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8024
8025 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8026 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8027 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8028 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
8029 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
8030 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8031 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8032
8033 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8034 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8035
8036 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8037 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8038 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
8039 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8040
8041 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8042 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8043 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8044
8045 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8046 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8047 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8048
8049 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8050
8051 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8052
8053
8054 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8055
8056 ;;;***
8057 \f
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21051 23094
8059 ;;;;;;  730130 282000))
8060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8061 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8062
8063 ;;;***
8064 \f
8065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8066 ;;;;;;  27948 216644 0))
8067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8068 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8069
8070 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8071 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8072 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8073 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8074 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8075 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8076 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8077
8078 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8079
8080 ;;;***
8081 \f
8082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8083 ;;;;;;  (20929 34089 117790 0))
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8085
8086 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8087 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8088 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8089
8090 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8091
8092 ;;;***
8093 \f
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8095 ;;;;;;  39729 858825 0))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8097
8098 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8099 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8100 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8101 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8102
8103 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8104 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8105
8106 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8107 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8108 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8109 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8110
8111 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8112
8113 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8114 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8115 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8116
8117 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8118 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8119
8120 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8121 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8122 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8123
8124 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21041 38058
8129 ;;;;;;  75002 0))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8131
8132 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8133 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8134
8135 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8136
8137 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8138 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8140 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8141 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8142
8143 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8144 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8145 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8146 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8147 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8148 expression point is on.
8149
8150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8153 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8155 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8157 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8158
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8162 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8163
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8165
8166 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8167 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8168 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8169 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8170 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8171 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8172 arg list.
8173
8174 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8175 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8176 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8177 effect.
8178
8179 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8180 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8181
8182 ;;;***
8183 \f
8184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "electric" "electric.el" (21075 56234 349623
8185 ;;;;;;  0))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8187
8188 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8189 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8190
8191 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8192 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8193 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8195 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8196 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8197
8198 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8199
8200 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8201 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8202 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8203 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8204 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8205
8206 This is a global minor mode.  When enabled, it reindents whenever
8207 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8208 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8209
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8211
8212 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8213 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8214 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8217 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8218
8219 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8222 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8224 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8226
8227 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8228 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8229 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8230
8231 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8234
8235 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8236 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8237 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8240 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8241
8242 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8243
8244 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8245 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8247 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8249 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8250
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8256 ;;;;;;  0))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8258
8259 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8260 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8261
8262 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8263 an elided material again.
8264
8265 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8266
8267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8268
8269 ;;;***
8270 \f
8271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8272 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8276 Lint the file FILE.
8277
8278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8281 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8282 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8283
8284 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8287 Lint the current buffer.
8288 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8289
8290 \(fn)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8293 Lint the function at point.
8294 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8295
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8299 Initialize elint.
8300 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8301 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8302
8303 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8304
8305 ;;;***
8306 \f
8307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8308 ;;;;;;  0))
8309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8310
8311 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8312 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8313 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8314
8315 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8318 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8319 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8320 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8321
8322 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8325 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8326 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8327
8328     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8329
8330 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8333 Display current profiling results.
8334 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8335 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8336 displayed.
8337
8338 \(fn)" t nil)
8339
8340 ;;;***
8341 \f
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8343 ;;;;;;  0))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8345
8346 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8347 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8348 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8349 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8350 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8351 ARG is omitted or nil.
8352
8353 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8354 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8355 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8356 used instead.
8357
8358 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8359
8360  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8361  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8362  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8363
8364 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8365
8366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8367
8368 ;;;***
8369 \f
8370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21048 11307
8371 ;;;;;;  937592 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8373
8374 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8375 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8376 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8377
8378 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8379
8380 ;;;***
8381 \f
8382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8383 ;;;;;;  0))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8385
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8387 Run Emerge on two files.
8388
8389 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8390
8391 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8392 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8393
8394 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8397 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8398
8399 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8403
8404 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8405
8406 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8407
8408
8409 \(fn)" nil nil)
8410
8411 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8412
8413
8414 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415
8416 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8417
8418
8419 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8422
8423
8424 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8427 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8428
8429 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8432 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8433
8434 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8437
8438
8439 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8440
8441 ;;;***
8442 \f
8443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818
8444 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8445 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8446
8447 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8448 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8449 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8450 text/enriched format.
8451
8452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8453 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8454 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8455
8456 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8457
8458 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8459 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8460
8461 Commands:
8462
8463 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8464
8465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8468
8469
8470 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8471
8472 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8473
8474
8475 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8476
8477 ;;;***
8478 \f
8479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8483 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8484
8485 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8488 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8489
8490 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8493 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8494 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8495 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8496 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8497 the keys are listed.
8498 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8499
8500 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8503 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8504 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8505
8506 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8509 Verify FILE.
8510
8511 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8514 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8515
8516 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8517
8518 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8519 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8520
8521 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8525
8526 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8527 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8528 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8529 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8530
8531 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8532 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8533 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8534 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8535 should consider using the string based counterpart
8536 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8537 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8538
8539 For example:
8540
8541 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8542   (decode-coding-string
8543     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8544     'utf-8))
8545
8546 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8547
8548 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8549 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8550
8551 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8552 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8553
8554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8555
8556 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8557 Verify the current region between START and END.
8558
8559 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8560 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8561 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8562 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8563 should consider using the string based counterpart
8564 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8565 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8566
8567 For example:
8568
8569 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8570   (decode-coding-string
8571     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8572     'utf-8))
8573
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8578 between START and END.
8579
8580 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8582
8583 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8586 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8587
8588 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8589 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8590 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8591 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8592 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8593 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8594
8595 For example:
8596
8597 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8598   (epg-sign-string
8599     context
8600     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8601
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8605 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8606
8607 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8608 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8609 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8610 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8611 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8612 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8613
8614 For example:
8615
8616 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8617   (epg-encrypt-string
8618     context
8619     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8620     nil))
8621
8622 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8625 Delete selected KEYS.
8626
8627 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8630 Import keys from FILE.
8631
8632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8635 Import keys from the region.
8636
8637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8640 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8641 between START and END.
8642
8643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8646 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8647
8648 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8651 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8652
8653 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8654
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8658 ;;;;;;  0))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8660
8661 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8662 Decrypt marked files.
8663
8664 \(fn)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8667 Verify marked files.
8668
8669 \(fn)" t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8672 Sign marked files.
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8677 Encrypt marked files.
8678
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8680
8681 ;;;***
8682 \f
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21102 14759 136845
8684 ;;;;;;  0))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8686
8687 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8688
8689
8690 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8693
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8698
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8705 ;;;;;;  0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8709 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8711 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8712 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8713
8714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8715
8716 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8717 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8718 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8719
8720 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8721
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8723
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8725 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8726 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8727
8728 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8729
8730 \(fn)" t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8733 Sign the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8735
8736 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8737
8738 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8739
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8741 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8742 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8743 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8744 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8745 and also whether and how to sign.
8746
8747 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8748 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8749 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8750
8751 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8752
8753 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8756 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8757 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8758
8759 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8760
8761 \(fn)" t nil)
8762
8763 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8764 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8765 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8768 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8769
8770 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8771
8772 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8773 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8775 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8776 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8777
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21069 17449 167398 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8784 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8785
8786 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8787 Return a context object.
8788
8789 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8790
8791 ;;;***
8792 \f
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8794 ;;;;;;  0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8796
8797 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8798 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8799
8800 \(fn)" nil nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8803 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8804
8805 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8808 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8809
8810 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8811
8812 ;;;***
8813 \f
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8816 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8817
8818 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8819 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8820
8821 \(fn)" nil nil)
8822
8823 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8824 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8825 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8826
8827 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8828
8829 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8830    (server (erc-compute-server))
8831    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8832    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8833    password
8834    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8835
8836 That is, if called with
8837
8838    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8839
8840 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8841 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8842 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8843
8844 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8845
8846 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8847
8848 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8849 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8850 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8851
8852 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8855 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8856 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8857 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8858
8859 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8864 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8866  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21050 53033
8871 ;;;;;;  774595 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8873  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8874
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8878 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8880  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8885 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8887  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8892 ;;;;;;  0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8894  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8895
8896 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8897 Parser for /dcc command.
8898 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8899 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8900 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8901
8902 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8903
8904 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8905 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8906
8907 \(fn)" nil nil)
8908
8909 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8910 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8913 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8914 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8915 that subcommand.
8916
8917 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8922 ;;;;;;  (21042 58928 39127 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8925
8926 ;;;***
8927 \f
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8929 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8931
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8933 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8934
8935 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8936
8937 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8938 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8939 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8940 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8941
8942 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8945
8946
8947 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8950 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8951
8952 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8955 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8956
8957 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8960 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8961
8962 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8965 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8966
8967 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8971
8972 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8976
8977 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8981
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8983
8984 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8985 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8986
8987 \(fn)" nil nil)
8988
8989 ;;;***
8990 \f
8991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8992 ;;;;;;  0))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8994  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8995
8996 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8997 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8998 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8999
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
9005 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9007  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9008
9009 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9010 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9011 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9012 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9013 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9014 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9015 system.
9016
9017 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9018
9019 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9020
9021
9022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9023
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
9027 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9031
9032
9033 \(fn)" nil nil)
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9038 ;;;;;;  0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9040  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
9045 ;;;;;;  0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
9047 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
9048
9049 ;;;***
9050 \f
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21050 53033 774595
9052 ;;;;;;  0))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9054 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9055  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
9060 ;;;;;;  0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9062  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9065 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9066 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9067 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9068 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9069 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9070
9071 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9072
9073 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9074 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9075 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9076 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9077
9078 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9079 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9080 automatically.
9081
9082 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9083 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9084
9085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9086
9087 ;;;***
9088 \f
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9090 ;;;;;;  231060 0))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9092  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9093
9094 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9095 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9096
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9100 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9101
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9105 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9106
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9110 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9111
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9115 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9116
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9118
9119 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9120 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9121
9122 \(fn)" t nil)
9123
9124 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9125 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9126
9127 \(fn)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9130 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9131
9132 \(fn)" t nil)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9137 ;;;;;;  442000))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9139  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9140
9141 ;;;***
9142 \f
9143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9144 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9146  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9149 Show who's gone.
9150
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9156 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9160 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9161 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9162 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9167 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9168
9169 \(fn)" t nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9174 ;;;;;;  278539 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9176  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9179 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9180 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9181 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9182
9183 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9186
9187
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9189
9190 ;;;***
9191 \f
9192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9193 ;;;;;;  0))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9195  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9196
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9200 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9202  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9207 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9209  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9210
9211 ;;;***
9212 \f
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9214 ;;;;;;  442000))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9216  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9221 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9223  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9224
9225 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9226 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9227
9228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9229
9230 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9231 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9232 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9233
9234 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9239 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9241  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9246 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9248
9249 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9250 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9251 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9252
9253 \(fn)" t nil)
9254
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9258 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9260  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9265 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9267  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9268
9269 ;;;***
9270 \f
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9272 ;;;;;;  278539 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9274
9275 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9276 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9277 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9278
9279 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9280
9281 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9282 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9284 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9286
9287 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9288 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9289 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9290 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9291
9292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9293  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9294
9295 ;;;***
9296 \f
9297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9298 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9300  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9301
9302 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9303 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9304 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9305 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9306
9307 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9308
9309 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9310 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9311 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9312
9313 \(fn)" t nil)
9314
9315 ;;;***
9316 \f
9317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9318 ;;;;;;  0))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9320  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9321
9322 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9323 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9324
9325 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9326
9327 ;;;***
9328 \f
9329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21099 38568 469572
9330 ;;;;;;  0))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9332
9333 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9334 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9335
9336 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9337 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9338
9339 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9340 useful for assertions in BODY.
9341
9342 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9343
9344 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9345 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9346 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9347
9348 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9349
9350 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9351
9352 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9353
9354 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9355 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9356
9357 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9358 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9359 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9360 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9361
9362 Returns the stats object.
9363
9364 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9365
9366 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9367 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9368
9369 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9370 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9371 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9372 the tests).
9373
9374 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9375
9376 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9377 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9378
9379 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9380 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9381 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9382 and how to display message.
9383
9384 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9385
9386 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9387
9388 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9389 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9390
9391 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394 \f
9395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9396 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9398
9399 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9400
9401 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9402 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9403
9404 \(fn)" t nil)
9405
9406 ;;;***
9407 \f
9408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21048 47760
9409 ;;;;;;  436258 0))
9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9411
9412 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9413 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9414
9415 \(fn)" t nil)
9416
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21042 9718 407372
9420 ;;;;;;  0))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9422 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9423
9424 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9425 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9426 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9427 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9428 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9429 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9430 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9431 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9432 buffer selected (or created).
9433
9434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9437 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9438 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9439
9440 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9441
9442 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9443 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9444 The result might be any Lisp object.
9445 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9446 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9447 corresponding to a successful execution.
9448
9449 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9450
9451 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9452
9453 ;;;***
9454 \f
9455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9456 ;;;;;;  0))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9458
9459 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9460 File name of tags table.
9461 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9462 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9463 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9464  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9465  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9466
9467 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9468 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9469 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9470 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9471
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9473
9474 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9475 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9476 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9477 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9480
9481 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9482
9483 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9484 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9485 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9486
9487 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9488
9489 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9490 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9491 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9492 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9493 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9494
9495 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9496
9497 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9498 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9499 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9500 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9501
9502 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9503
9504 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9505 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9506 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9507 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9508 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9509
9510 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9511
9512 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9513 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9514
9515 \(fn)" t nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9518 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9519 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9520 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9521
9522 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9523 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9524 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9525 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9526 file the tag was in.
9527
9528 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9531 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9532 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9533 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9534 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9535  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9536 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9537  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9538 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9539
9540 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9541
9542 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9543 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9544 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9545 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9546 without directory names.
9547
9548 \(fn)" nil nil)
9549  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9550   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9551       (progn
9552         (load "etags")
9553         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9554
9555 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9558 but does not select the buffer.
9559 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9560
9561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9564 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9565 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9566
9567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9568
9569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9570 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9572
9573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9574
9575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9581
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9587
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9589
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9593
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9595
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9598
9599 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9602 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9603 around or before point.
9604
9605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9609 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9610
9611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9612
9613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9614 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9616
9617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9618
9619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9620  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9621
9622 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9625 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9626 around or before point.
9627
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9643  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9644
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9648
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9653 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9654
9655 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9656
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9660
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9662
9663 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9664  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9665  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9666
9667 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9668 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9669
9670 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9671 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9672 where they were found.
9673
9674 \(fn)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9677 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9678
9679 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9680 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9681 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9682
9683 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9684  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9685
9686 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9687 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9688
9689 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9690
9691 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9692 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9693 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9694 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9695
9696 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9697 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9698 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9699 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9700 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9701
9702 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9703  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9704
9705 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9706 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9707 Stops when a match is found.
9708 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9709
9710 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9711 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9712 restricted to these files.
9713
9714 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9715
9716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9719 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9720 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9721 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9722 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9723 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9724 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9725 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9726
9727 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9728 produce the list of files to search.
9729
9730 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9731
9732 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9735 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9736 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9737 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9738 directory specification.
9739
9740 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9743 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9744
9745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9748 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9749 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9750 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9751
9752 \(fn)" t nil)
9753
9754 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9755 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9756 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9757 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9758 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9759
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9761
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9765 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9767
9768 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9769
9770
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9775
9776 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9777 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9778
9779 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9780 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9781 primary language.
9782
9783 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9784 even if the buffer is read-only.
9785
9786 See also the descriptions of the variables
9787 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9788
9789 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9792 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9793
9794 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9795 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9796
9797 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9798 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9799 primary language.
9800
9801 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9802 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9803
9804 See also the descriptions of the variables
9805 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9806
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9811 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9812 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9813
9814 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9815
9816 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9818 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9819 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820
9821 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9822 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9823 primary language.
9824
9825 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9826 buffer is read-only.
9827
9828 See also the descriptions of the variables
9829 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9830 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9831
9832 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9835 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9836
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9838 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9839
9840 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9841 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9842 the primary language.
9843
9844 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9845 buffer is read-only.
9846
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9849 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9850
9851 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9855 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9856
9857 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9860 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9861
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9865 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9866
9867 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9868 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9869 be 1, 2, or 3.
9870
9871 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9872 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9873 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9874
9875 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9876
9877 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9878
9879 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9880 This function is deprecated.
9881
9882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9885 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9886
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9891
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9895 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9896
9897 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9898 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9899
9900 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9901 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9902
9903 \(fn)" nil nil)
9904
9905 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9906 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9907
9908 \(fn)" nil nil)
9909
9910 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9911 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9912
9913 \(fn)" nil nil)
9914
9915 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9916 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9917
9918 \(fn)" nil nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9921 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9922 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9923
9924 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9927
9928
9929 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9930
9931 ;;;***
9932 \f
9933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9935
9936 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9937 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9938 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9939 server for future sessions.
9940
9941 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9944 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9945 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9946
9947 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9950 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9951 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9952
9953 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9956 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9957 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9958 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9959 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9960 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9961 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9962 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9963 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9964 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9965 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9966 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9967
9968 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9971 Display a form to query the directory server.
9972 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9973 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9974
9975 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9978 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9979 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9980
9981 \(fn)" t nil)
9982
9983 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9984
9985 ;;;***
9986 \f
9987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9988 ;;;;;;  0))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9990
9991 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9992 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9993
9994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9995
9996 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9997 Display URL and make it clickable.
9998
9999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10002 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10003
10004 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10005
10006 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10007 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10008
10009 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10010
10011 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10012 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10013
10014 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10017 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10018
10019 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10020
10021 ;;;***
10022 \f
10023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
10024 ;;;;;;  214287 0))
10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10026
10027 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10028 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10029 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10030
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10034 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10035
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10037
10038 ;;;***
10039 \f
10040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21040
10041 ;;;;;;  17194 398147 0))
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10043
10044 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10045 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10046
10047 \(fn)" t nil)
10048
10049 ;;;***
10050 \f
10051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
10052 ;;;;;;  0))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10054
10055 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10056 Create an empty ewoc.
10057
10058 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10059
10060 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10061 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10062 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10063 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10064 `insert-before-markers'.
10065
10066 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10067 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10068 respectively, of the ewoc.
10069
10070 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10071 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
10072 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10073
10074 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10075
10076 ;;;***
10077 \f
10078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21086 26537 509049 0))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10080
10081 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10082 Fetch URL and render the page.
10083 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10084 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10085
10086 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10089 Render a file using EWW.
10090
10091 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10092
10093 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10094
10095
10096 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10097
10098 ;;;***
10099 \f
10100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21041
10101 ;;;;;;  38058 75002 0))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10103
10104 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10105 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10106 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10107
10108 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10109
10110 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10111 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10112 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10113 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10114 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10115
10116 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10119 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10120 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10121 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10122 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10123 executable.
10124
10125 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10126
10127 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10128 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10129 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10130
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10132
10133 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10134 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10135 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10136 file modes.
10137
10138 \(fn)" nil nil)
10139
10140 ;;;***
10141 \f
10142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10144
10145 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10146 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10147 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10148 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10149
10150 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10151
10152 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10153 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10154 to generate such functions.
10155
10156 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10157 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10158 beginning of the expanded text.
10159
10160 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10161 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10162 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10163 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10164
10165 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10166
10167 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10168
10169 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10170 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10171 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10172
10173 \(fn)" nil nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10176 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10177 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10178
10179 \(fn)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10182 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10183 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10184
10185 \(fn)" t nil)
10186  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10187  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10188
10189 ;;;***
10190 \f
10191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20992 52525 458637
10192 ;;;;;;  0))
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10194
10195 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10196 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10197 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10198
10199 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10200 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10201 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10202
10203 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10204
10205 Key definitions:
10206 \\{f90-mode-map}
10207
10208 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10209
10210 `f90-do-indent'
10211   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10212 `f90-if-indent'
10213   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10214 `f90-type-indent'
10215   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10216 `f90-program-indent'
10217   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10218   (default 2).
10219 `f90-associate-indent'
10220   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10221 `f90-critical-indent'
10222   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10223 `f90-continuation-indent'
10224   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10225 `f90-comment-region'
10226   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10227   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10228 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10229   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10230   (default \"!\").
10231 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10232   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10233   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10234 `f90-break-delimiters'
10235   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10236   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10237 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10238   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10239   (default t).
10240 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10241   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10242 `f90-smart-end'
10243   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10244   Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10245   whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10246 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10247   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10248   The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10249 `f90-leave-line-no'
10250   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10251
10252 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10253 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10254
10255 \(fn)" t nil)
10256
10257 ;;;***
10258 \f
10259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21082 29482 330637
10260 ;;;;;;  0))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10262
10263 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10264 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10265 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10266 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10267
10268 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10269 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10270 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10271 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10272 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10273
10274 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10275 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10276 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10277 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10278 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10279 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10280 attributes.
10281
10282 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10283 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10284
10285 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10286
10287 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10288 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10289 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10290 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10291
10292 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10293
10294 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10295 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10296 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10297 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10298
10299 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10300 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10301 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10302
10303 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10304 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10305 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10306 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10307
10308 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10309
10310 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10311 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10312 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10313
10314 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10315 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10316 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10317 the same amount).
10318
10319 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10320
10321 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10322 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10323 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10324
10325 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10326 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10327 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10328 will remove any scaling currently active.
10329
10330 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10331
10332 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10333 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10334 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10335
10336 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10337  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10338  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10339  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10340  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10341
10342 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10343 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10344
10345 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10346
10347 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10348 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10349
10350    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10351    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10352    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10353
10354 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10355 the face height as long as the input event read
10356 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10357
10358 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10359 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10360 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10361 will remove any scaling currently active.
10362
10363 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10364 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10365 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10366 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10367 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10368
10369 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10372 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10374 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10375 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10376 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10377
10378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10381 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10382 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10383 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10384 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10385 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10386 `buffer-face-mode'.
10387
10388 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10389 local, and sets it to FACE.
10390
10391 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10394 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10395 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10396 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10397 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10398 `face' text property.
10399
10400 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10401 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10402 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10403 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10404
10405 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10406 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10407
10408 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10409
10410 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10411 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10412 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10413 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10414
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10416
10417 ;;;***
10418 \f
10419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10420 ;;;;;;  0))
10421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10422 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10423
10424 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10425 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10426 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10427 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10428
10429 \(fn)" nil nil)
10430
10431 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10432 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10433
10434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10437 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10438 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10439 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10440
10441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10444 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10445 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10446 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10447 backup file names and the like).
10448
10449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10452 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10453 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10454 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10455 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10456 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10457 internally by feedmail):
10458
10459    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10460    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10461    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10462    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10463
10464 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10465 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10466 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10467 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10468 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10469
10470 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10471
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21090 23592 994673 0))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10476
10477 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10478 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10479 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10480 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10481 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10482 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10483 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10484
10485 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10486
10487 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10488 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10489 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10490 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10491 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10492 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10493 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10494
10495 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10496
10497 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10498
10499 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10500 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10501 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10502 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10503 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10504 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10505
10506 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10507
10508 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10509 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10510 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10511 Return value:
10512   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10513   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10514   * otherwise, nil
10515
10516 \(fn E)" t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10519 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10520 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10521
10522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10525 Try to get a file name at point.
10526 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10527
10528 \(fn)" nil nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10531 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10532
10533 \(fn)" t nil)
10534
10535 ;;;***
10536 \f
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10538 ;;;;;;  0))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10540
10541 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10542 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10543 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10544 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10545
10546 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10547
10548 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10549 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10550 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10551 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10552 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10553 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10554
10555 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10556
10557 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10558 Add FILE to the file cache.
10559
10560 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10563 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10564 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10565
10566 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10567
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10569 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10570 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10571
10572 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10573
10574 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10575 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10576 This function does not use any external programs.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10579 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10580
10581 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10584 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10585 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10586 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10587 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10588 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10589 \(directories) is done.
10590
10591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10592
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (20999 25770 522517
10596 ;;;;;;  0))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10598
10599 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10600 Handle file system monitoring event.
10601 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10602 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10603
10604 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10605
10606 ;;;***
10607 \f
10608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10609 ;;;;;;  0))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10611
10612 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10613 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10614
10615 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10616 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10617 Local Variables list.
10618
10619 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10620 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10621 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10622
10623 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10626 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10627
10628 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10631 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10632
10633 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10634 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10635 the -*- line.
10636
10637 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10638 then this function adds it.
10639
10640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10643 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10644
10645 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10646
10647 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10648 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10649
10650 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10651
10652 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10653 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10654
10655 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10656
10657 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10658 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10659
10660 \(fn)" t nil)
10661
10662 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10663 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10664
10665 \(fn)" t nil)
10666
10667 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10668 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10669
10670 \(fn)" t nil)
10671
10672 ;;;***
10673 \f
10674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10675 ;;;;;;  0))
10676 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10677
10678 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10679 Filesets initialization.
10680 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10681
10682 \(fn)" nil nil)
10683
10684 ;;;***
10685 \f
10686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10687 ;;;;;;  0))
10688 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10689 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10690
10691 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10692 Initiate the building of a find command.
10693 For example:
10694
10695 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10696           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10697                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10698                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10699
10700 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10701 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10702
10703 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10704
10705 ;;;***
10706 \f
10707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10708 ;;;;;;  0))
10709 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10710
10711 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10712 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10714
10715     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10716
10717 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10718 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10719
10720 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10721
10722 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10723 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10724 and run dired on those files.
10725 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10726 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10727
10728     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10729
10730 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10733 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10734 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10735
10736   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10737     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10738
10739 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10740 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10741
10742 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10743
10744 ;;;***
10745 \f
10746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10747 ;;;;;;  0))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10749
10750 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10751 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10752 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10753 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10754 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10755 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10756 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10757
10758 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10759
10760 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10761 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10762 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10763
10764 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10765
10766 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10767
10768 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10769
10770 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10771 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10772 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10773
10774 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10775 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10776
10777 Variables of interest include:
10778
10779  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10780    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10781    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10782
10783  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10784    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10785    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10786
10787  - `ff-ignore-include'
10788    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10789
10790  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10791    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10792
10793  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10794    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10795
10796  - `ff-special-constructs'
10797    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10798    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10799    extracting the filename from that construct.
10800
10801  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10802    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10803
10804  - `ff-search-directories'
10805    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10806    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10807
10808  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10809    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10810
10811  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10812    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10813
10814  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10815    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10816
10817  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10818    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10819
10820  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10821    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10822
10823 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10826 Visit the file you click on.
10827
10828 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10831 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10832
10833 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10834
10835 ;;;***
10836 \f
10837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10838 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
10839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10840
10841 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10842 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10843 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10844
10845 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10846
10847 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10848 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10849 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10850 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10851
10852 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10853 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10854 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10855 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10856
10857 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10860 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10861
10862 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10863 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10864 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10865 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10866
10867 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10868 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10869 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10870
10871 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10872 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10873 in `load-path'.
10874
10875 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10878 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10879
10880 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10881 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10882 places point before the definition.
10883 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10884
10885 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10886 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10887 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10888
10889 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10892 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10893
10894 See `find-function' for more details.
10895
10896 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10897
10898 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10899 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10900
10901 See `find-function' for more details.
10902
10903 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10906 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10907
10908 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10909 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10910 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10911
10912 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10913 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10914
10915 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10916
10917 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10918 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10919
10920 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10921 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10922 places point before the definition.
10923
10924 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10925
10926 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10927 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10928 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10929
10930 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10934
10935 See `find-variable' for more details.
10936
10937 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10940 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10941
10942 See `find-variable' for more details.
10943
10944 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10945
10946 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10947 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10948 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10949 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10950 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10951 buffer nor display it.
10952
10953 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10954 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10955
10956 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10959 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10960
10961 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10962 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10963 places point before the definition.
10964
10965 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10966
10967 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10968 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10969 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10970
10971 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10974 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10975 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10976
10977 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10978
10979 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10980 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10981
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10983
10984 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10985 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10986
10987 \(fn)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10990 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10991
10992 \(fn)" nil nil)
10993
10994 ;;;***
10995 \f
10996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10997 ;;;;;;  0))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10999
11000 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11001 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11002
11003 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11006 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11007
11008 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11011 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11012
11013 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11014
11015 ;;;***
11016 \f
11017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21031 2230 839140 0))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11019 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11020
11021 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11022 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11023
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11027 Display FILE's commentary section.
11028 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11029
11030 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11033 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11034
11035 \(fn)" t nil)
11036
11037 ;;;***
11038 \f
11039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
11040 ;;;;;;  0))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11042
11043 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11044 Toggle flow control handling.
11045 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11046 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11047
11048 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11049
11050 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11051 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11052 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11053 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
11054 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11055 to get the effect of a C-q.
11056
11057 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11058
11059 ;;;***
11060 \f
11061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
11062 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11064
11065 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11066
11067
11068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11069
11070 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11071
11072
11073 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21019 11047
11078 ;;;;;;  84796 0))
11079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11080 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11081
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11083 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11085 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11086 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11087
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11091 Turn flymake mode on.
11092
11093 \(fn)" nil nil)
11094
11095 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11096 Turn flymake mode off.
11097
11098 \(fn)" nil nil)
11099
11100 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11101
11102
11103 \(fn)" nil nil)
11104
11105 ;;;***
11106 \f
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11108 ;;;;;;  240216 0))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11110
11111 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11112 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11113
11114 \(fn)" t nil)
11115 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11116
11117 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11118 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11120 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11121 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11122
11123 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
11124 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
11125 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11126
11127 Bindings:
11128 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11129 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11130 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11131 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11132
11133 Hooks:
11134 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11135
11136 Remark:
11137 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11138 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11139 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11140
11141 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11142 consider adding:
11143 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11144 in your init file.
11145
11146 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11147 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11148
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11152 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11153
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11157 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11162 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11163
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11165
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11167 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11168
11169 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11170
11171 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11172 Flyspell whole buffer.
11173
11174 \(fn)" t nil)
11175
11176 ;;;***
11177 \f
11178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11179 ;;;;;;  0))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11181 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11182
11183 ;;;***
11184 \f
11185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11187
11188 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11189 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11190
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192
11193 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11194 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11195
11196 \(fn)" nil nil)
11197
11198 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11199 Toggle Follow mode.
11200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11201 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11203
11204 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11205 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11206
11207 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11208   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11209   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11210
11211 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11212   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11213   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11214   movement commands.
11215
11216 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11217 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11218 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11219 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11220 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11221 mileage may vary).
11222
11223 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11224 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11225
11226 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11227
11228 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11229
11230 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11231 \\{follow-mode-map}
11232
11233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11236 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11237
11238 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11239 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11240 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11241 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11242 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11243 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11244
11245 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11246 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11247 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11248
11249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11250
11251 ;;;***
11252 \f
11253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11254 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11256 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11257
11258 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11259 Toggle Footnote mode.
11260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11261 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11262 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11263
11264 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11265 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11266 play around with the following keys:
11267 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11268
11269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11270
11271 ;;;***
11272 \f
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11275
11276 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11277 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11278
11279 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11280  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11281  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11282  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11283  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11284  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11285  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11286  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11287  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11288  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11289  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11290  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11291  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11292  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11293  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11294
11295 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11298 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11299
11300 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11301
11302 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11303 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11304
11305 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11306
11307 ;;;***
11308 \f
11309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11310 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11312
11313 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11314 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11315 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11316
11317 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11318 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11319
11320 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11321
11322 Key definitions:
11323 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11324
11325 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11326
11327 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11328   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11329 `fortran-do-indent'
11330   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11331 `fortran-if-indent'
11332   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11333 `fortran-structure-indent'
11334   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11335   (default 3)
11336 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11337   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11338 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11339   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11340 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11341   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11342   nil       don't change the indentation
11343   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11344               value of either
11345                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11346                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11347               depending on the continuation format in use.
11348   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11349               indentation for a line of code.
11350   (default 'fixed)
11351 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11352   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11353   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11354 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11355   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11356 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11357   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11358 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11359   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11360   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11361   column 5.
11362 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11363   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11364   statements (default nil).
11365 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11366   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11367   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11368 `fortran-continuation-string'
11369   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11370   line (default \"$\").
11371 `fortran-comment-region'
11372   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11373   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11374 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11375   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11376   as typed (default t).
11377 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11378   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11379
11380 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11381 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11382
11383 \(fn)" t nil)
11384
11385 ;;;***
11386 \f
11387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11388 ;;;;;;  191000))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11390
11391 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11392 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11393
11394 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11395 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11396
11397 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11400 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11401
11402 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11403 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11404
11405 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11406
11407 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11408 Compile fortune file.
11409
11410 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11411 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11412
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11414
11415 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11416 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11417
11418 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11419 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11420 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11421 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11422
11423 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11424
11425 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11426 Display a fortune cookie.
11427 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11428 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11429 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11430 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11431
11432 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11433
11434 ;;;***
11435 \f
11436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11437 ;;;;;;  0))
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11439
11440 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11441 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11442 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11443
11444 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11445 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11446 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11447
11448 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11449 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11450
11451 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11452 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11453
11454 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11455 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'.  You can override any item in
11456 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it.  If, for some reason, you
11457 intend to modify existing values, do
11458
11459   (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11460
11461 before changing anything.
11462
11463 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11464 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11465
11466 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11467 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11468 to restore the frame.
11469
11470 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11471 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11472 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11473
11474  nil       The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11475  :never    The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11476  :save     The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11477  :restore  The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11478  FILTER    A filter function.
11479
11480 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11481 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11482
11483   (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11484
11485 where
11486
11487  CURRENT     A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11488              filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11489  FILTERED    The resulting alist (so far).
11490  PARAMETERS  The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11491  SAVING      Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11492                before restoring it.
11493  ARGS        Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11494
11495 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11496 It must return:
11497  nil                      Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11498  t                        Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11499  (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE)  Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11500
11501 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11502 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11503
11504 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11505 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11506 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11507 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11508 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11509 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11510 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11511
11512 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11513
11514 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11515 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11516
11517 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11518
11519 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11520 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11521 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11522 If nil, check all live frames.
11523
11524 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11527 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11528 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11529 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11530 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11531 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11532 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11533 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11534 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11535 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11536 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11537
11538 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11539
11540 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11541 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11542
11543 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11544 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11545 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11546 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11547 and window-state is not restored.
11548
11549 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11550 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11551
11552 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11553   t        Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11554   nil      Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11555   :keep    Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11556   LIST     A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11557              Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11558              included on the list are left untouched.
11559
11560 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11561   t        Frames are restored in the current display.
11562   nil      Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11563   :delete  Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11564   PRED     A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11565              the window state (in that order).  It must return t, nil or
11566              `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11567              be created from that parameter alist.
11568
11569 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11570   t        Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11571   nil      Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11572   :all     Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11573   PRED     A function called with three arguments,
11574            - the live frame just restored,
11575            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11576            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11577            It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11578
11579 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11580 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11581 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11582 it has been restored.
11583
11584 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11585
11586 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11587
11588 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11589 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11590 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11591 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11592
11593 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11594
11595 ;;;***
11596 \f
11597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11598 ;;;;;;  124734 677000))
11599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11600 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11601
11602 ;;;***
11603 \f
11604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21042 58928
11605 ;;;;;;  39127 0))
11606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11607
11608 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11609 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11610 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11611
11612 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11613
11614 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11615 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11616 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11617 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11618 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11619 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11620 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11621
11622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11623
11624 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11625 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11626 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11627 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11628
11629 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11630 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11631 executable followed by command line options.  The command line
11632 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11633 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11634
11635 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11636 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11637 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11638 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11639
11640 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11641 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11642 shown in some of the buffers.
11643
11644 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11645
11646 The following commands help control operation :
11647
11648 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11649 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11650
11651 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11652 detailed description of this mode.
11653
11654
11655 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11656 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11657 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11658 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11659 |                                   |                                  |
11660 |                                   |                                  |
11661 |                                   |                                  |
11662 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11663 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11664 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11665 |                                   |                                  |
11666 |                                   |                                  |
11667 |                                   |                                  |
11668 |                                   |                                  |
11669 |                                   |                                  |
11670 |                                   |                                  |
11671 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11672 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11673 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11674 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11675 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11676 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11677
11678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11683 ;;;;;;  500272 0))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11685
11686 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11687 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11688 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11689 instead (which see).")
11690
11691 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11692 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11693
11694 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11695 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11696 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11697 documentation string instead.
11698
11699 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11700 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11701 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11702 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11703 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11704 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11705 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11706 enders are actually possible.
11707
11708 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11709 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11710
11711 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11712 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11713 `font-lock-keywords'.
11714
11715 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11716 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11717 runs the macro expansion.
11718
11719 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11720 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11721 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11722
11723 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11724
11725 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11726
11727 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11728
11729 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11730
11731 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11732 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11733
11734 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11737 Enter generic mode MODE.
11738
11739 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11740 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11741 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11742
11743 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11744 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11745
11746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11747
11748 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11749 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11750 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11751 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11752 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11753 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11754 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11755 `font-lock-keywords'.
11756
11757 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11758
11759 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11760
11761 ;;;***
11762 \f
11763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11764 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11766
11767 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11768 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11770 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11771 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11772 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11773
11774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11775
11776 ;;;***
11777 \f
11778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11779 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11781
11782 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11783 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11784 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11785
11786 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11787
11788 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11789 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11790
11791 Guideline for numbers:
11792 1 - error messages
11793 3 - non-serious error messages
11794 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11795 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11796 9 - messages inside loops.
11797
11798 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11799
11800 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11802 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11803
11804 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11807 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11808
11809 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11812 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11813
11814 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11815 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11816 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11817 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11818 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11819 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11820
11821 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11822 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11823 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11824 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11825 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11826
11827 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11828
11829 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11830
11831 ;;;***
11832 \f
11833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11835 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11836 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11837  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11840 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11841
11842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11845 Read network news.
11846 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11847 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11848 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11849 name of an NNTP server to use.
11850 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11851 server.
11852
11853 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11856 Read news as a slave.
11857
11858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11861 Pop up a frame to read news.
11862 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11863 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11864 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11865 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11866 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11867 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11868 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11869 current display is used.
11870
11871 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11874 Read network news.
11875 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11876 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11877 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11878
11879 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11880
11881 ;;;***
11882 \f
11883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21048 47760
11884 ;;;;;;  436258 0))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11886
11887 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11888 Start Gnus unplugged.
11889
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11891
11892 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11893 Start Gnus plugged.
11894
11895 \(fn)" t nil)
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11898 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11899
11900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11903 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11904
11905 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11906 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11907 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11908
11909 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11910 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11911 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11912
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11914
11915 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11917
11918 \(fn)" nil nil)
11919
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11922 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11923 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11924 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11925 supported.
11926
11927 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11930 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11931 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11932 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11933 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11934 supported.
11935
11936 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11940
11941 \(fn)" nil nil)
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11944 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11945 downloaded into the agent.
11946
11947 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11950 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11951 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11952 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11953
11954 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11958
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11962 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11963
11964 \(fn)" t nil)
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11967 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11968 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11969
11970 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21040 17194
11975 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11977
11978 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11979 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11980
11981 \(fn)" nil nil)
11982
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21040
11986 ;;;;;;  17194 398147 0))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11988
11989 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11990 Set a bookmark for this article.
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11995 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11996
11997 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12000 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12001 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12002 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12003 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12004
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12006
12007 ;;;***
12008 \f
12009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
12010 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12012
12013 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12014 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12015
12016 Usage:
12017 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12018
12019 \(fn)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12022 Generate the cache active file.
12023
12024 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12028
12029 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12030
12031 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12032 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12033 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12034 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
12035 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12036 supported.
12037
12038 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12041 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12042 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12043 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12044 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12045 supported.
12046
12047 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12048
12049 ;;;***
12050 \f
12051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
12052 ;;;;;;  837044 0))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12056 Delay this article by some time.
12057 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
12058
12059 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12060   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12061
12062 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
12063   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12064
12065 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
12066   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12067
12068 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12071 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12072
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12076 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12077 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12078 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12079
12080 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12081 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12082
12083 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12084
12085 ;;;***
12086 \f
12087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12088 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12092
12093
12094 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12097
12098
12099 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12104 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12108 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12109
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12115 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12119 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12120
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12122
12123 ;;;***
12124 \f
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12126 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12130 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12131
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12135 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12136
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12140 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12141
12142 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12143 different input formats.
12144
12145 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12149
12150 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12151 different input formats.
12152
12153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12156 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12157 The PNG is returned as a string.
12158
12159 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12160
12161 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Convert FILE to a Face.
12163 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12164 726 bytes.
12165
12166 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12171 ;;;;;;  65006 176325 548000))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12175 Display gravatar in the From header.
12176 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12177
12178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12179
12180 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12181 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12182 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12183
12184 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12185
12186 ;;;***
12187 \f
12188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21104 56491
12189 ;;;;;;  538513 0))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12191
12192 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12193 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12194 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12195 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12196
12197 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12198
12199 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12200 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12201
12202 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12203
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21042 58928
12207 ;;;;;;  39127 0))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12211
12212
12213 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12216
12217
12218 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12219
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21040 17194
12223 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12225
12226 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12229 Run batched scoring.
12230 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12231
12232 \(fn)" t nil)
12233
12234 ;;;***
12235 \f
12236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12237 ;;;;;;  0))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12239
12240 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12241
12242
12243 \(fn)" nil nil)
12244
12245 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12246 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12247 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12248
12249 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12252 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12253
12254 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12255
12256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12257
12258 ;;;***
12259 \f
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12261 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12265 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12266 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12267 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12268 group parameters.
12269
12270 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12271 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12272 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12273 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12274
12275 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12276 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12277 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12278 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12279 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12280 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12281 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12282 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12283 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12284 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12285
12286 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12287
12288 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12289 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12290 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12291 nil CATCH-ALL).
12292
12293 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12294 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12295
12296 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12299 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12300 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12301
12302 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12303
12304 \(fn)" nil nil)
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12307 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12308 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12309
12310 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12311
12312 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12313 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12314 existing groups are considered.
12315
12316 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12317 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12318 returned.
12319
12320 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12321 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12322 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12323 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12324 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12325 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12326 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12327 clauses will be generated.
12328
12329 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12330 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12331 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12332 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12333 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12334 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12335
12336 For example, given the following group parameters:
12337
12338 nnml:mail.bar:
12339 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12340  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12341 nnml:mail.foo:
12342 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12343  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12344  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12345  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12346 nnml:mail.others:
12347 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12348
12349 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12350
12351 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12352            \"mail.bar\")
12353       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12354            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12355    \"mail.others\")
12356
12357 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20974 22577
12362 ;;;;;;  548213 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12369 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12370 instead.
12371
12372 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12375 Mail to ADDRESS.
12376
12377 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12380 Like `message-reply'.
12381
12382 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12383
12384 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12385
12386 ;;;***
12387 \f
12388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12389 ;;;;;;  (20886 939 575794 0))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12391
12392 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12393 Send a notification on new message.
12394 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12395 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12396 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12397
12398 This is typically a function to add in
12399 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12400
12401 \(fn)" nil nil)
12402
12403 ;;;***
12404 \f
12405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12406 ;;;;;;  672942 217000))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12408
12409 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12410 Display picons in the From header.
12411 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12412
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414
12415 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12416 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12417 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12418
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12422 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12423 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12430 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12434 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12435 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12436 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12437
12438 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12439
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12441 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12442 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12443 LIST1 is modified.
12444
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12449 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12450
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12454
12455
12456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12459 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12461
12462 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12463
12464 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12465 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12466 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12467
12468 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12469
12470 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12471
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12474 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12475
12476 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12477
12478 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12479 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12480 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12481
12482 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12483
12484 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12485 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12486 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12487
12488 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12489
12490 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12491 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12492
12493 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12498 ;;;;;;  58152 201869 0))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12500
12501 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12502 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12503
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12505
12506 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12507 Install the registry hooks.
12508
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12510
12511 ;;;***
12512 \f
12513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12514 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12516
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12518 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12519 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12520 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12521 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12522 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12523
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12525
12526 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12527 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12528 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12529 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12530 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12531
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12533
12534 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12535
12536
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12538
12539 ;;;***
12540 \f
12541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21042 58928
12542 ;;;;;;  39127 0))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12544
12545 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12546 Update the format specification near point.
12547
12548 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12553 ;;;;;;  720063 0))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12555
12556 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12557 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12558
12559 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12560
12561 ;;;***
12562 \f
12563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21048 47760
12564 ;;;;;;  436258 0))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12566
12567 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12568 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12569 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12570
12571 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12572
12573 ;;;***
12574 \f
12575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12576 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12578
12579 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12580 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12585 Install the sync hooks.
12586
12587 \(fn)" t nil)
12588
12589 ;;;***
12590 \f
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12592 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12594
12595 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12597
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21049 14338 391345
12603 ;;;;;;  0))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12605
12606 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12607 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12608 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12609 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12610 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12611 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12612
12613 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12614
12615 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12616
12617 ;;;***
12618 \f
12619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20992 52525 458637
12620 ;;;;;;  0))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12622
12623 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12624 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12625
12626 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12627 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12628 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12629
12630 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12631 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12632 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12633
12634 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12635 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12636
12637 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12638 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12639
12640 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12641
12642 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12643
12644 ;;;***
12645 \f
12646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12647 ;;;;;;  368550 0))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12649
12650 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12651
12652 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12653 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12654 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12655 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12656 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12657
12658 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12661 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12662 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12663 or to send e-mail.
12664 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12665 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12666
12667 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12668 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12669
12670 \(fn)" t nil)
12671 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12672
12673 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12674 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12676 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12677 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12678
12679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12680
12681 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12682 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12683
12684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12685
12686 ;;;***
12687 \f
12688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12689 ;;;;;;  989166 0))
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12691
12692 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12693 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12694 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12695
12696 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12697
12698 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12699 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12700
12701 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12702
12703 ;;;***
12704 \f
12705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12706 ;;;;;;  0))
12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12708
12709 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12710 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12711
12712 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12713
12714 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12715 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12716 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12717 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12718 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12719
12720 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12721 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12722 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12723
12724 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12725
12726 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12727 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12728 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12729 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12730 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12731
12732 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12733
12734 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12735 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12736
12737 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12738
12739 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12740 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12741
12742 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12743 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12744 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12745
12746 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12747 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12748 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12749
12750 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12751 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12752 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12753 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12754
12755 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12756 How to invoke find and grep.
12757 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12758 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12759 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12760 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12761
12762 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12763
12764 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12765 History list for grep.")
12766
12767 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12768 History list for grep-find.")
12769
12770 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12771 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12772 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12773
12774 \(fn)" nil nil)
12775
12776 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12777
12778
12779 \(fn)" nil nil)
12780
12781 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12782 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12783
12784 \(fn)" nil nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12787 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12788 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12789 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12790 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12791
12792 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12793 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12794
12795 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12796 can easily repeat a grep command.
12797
12798 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12799 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12800 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12801 list is empty).
12802
12803 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12804
12805 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12806 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12807 Collect output in a buffer.
12808 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12809 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12810
12811 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12812 easily repeat a find command.
12813
12814 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12815
12816 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12817
12818 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12819 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12820 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12821 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12822 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12823
12824 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12825 before it is executed.
12826 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12827
12828 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12829 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12830 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12831
12832 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12833
12834 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12835
12836 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12837 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12838 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12839 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12840 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12841
12842 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12843 before it is executed.
12844 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12845
12846 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12847 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12848 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12849 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12850
12851 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12852
12853 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12854 to specify a command to run.
12855
12856 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12857
12858 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12859 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12860 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12861 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12862
12863 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12864
12865 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12866
12867 ;;;***
12868 \f
12869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12871
12872 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12873 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12874 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12875 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12876 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12877
12878 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12879
12880 ;;;***
12881 \f
12882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21049 14338 391345
12883 ;;;;;;  0))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12885
12886 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12887 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12889 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12894 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12897
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12901 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12902 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12903 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12904
12905 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12906
12907 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12908 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12909 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12910 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12911
12912 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12913 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12914
12915 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12916
12917 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12918 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12921
12922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12925 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12926 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12927 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12928
12929 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12930
12931 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12932 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12933 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12934 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12935 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12936
12937 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12938 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12939 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12940 original source file access method.
12941
12942 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12943 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12944
12945 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12946
12947 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12948 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12949
12950 \(fn)" t nil)
12951
12952 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12953 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12954 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12957 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12958
12959 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12960
12961 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12962 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12964 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12965 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12966
12967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12968
12969 ;;;***
12970 \f
12971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21031 51082 798722
12972 ;;;;;;  0))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12974
12975 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12976 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12977 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12978 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12979 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12980 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12981 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12982 set it to.
12983 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12984
12985 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12986
12987 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12988 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12989 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12990 of PLACE.
12991 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12992 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12993 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12994 and SETTER.
12995 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12996 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12997
12998 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12999
13000 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13001
13002 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13003 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13004 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13005 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13006 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13007
13008 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13009
13010 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13011
13012 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13013
13014
13015 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13016
13017 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
13018
13019 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
13020
13021 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13022 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13023 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13024 well for simple place forms.
13025 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13026 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13027 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13028 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13029 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13030 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
13031   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13032
13033 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13034
13035 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13036
13037 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13038 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13039 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13040 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13041 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13042
13043 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13044 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13045   (let ((temp VAL))
13046     (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13047     temp)
13048 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13049
13050 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13051
13052 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13053 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13054 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13055 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13056 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13057 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13058
13059 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13060
13061 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13062
13063 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13064 Return a reference to PLACE.
13065 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13066
13067 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13068
13069 ;;;***
13070 \f
13071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
13072 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
13073 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13074
13075 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13076 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13077 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13078 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13079
13080 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
13081            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
13082            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
13083            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13084
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13086
13087 ;;;***
13088 \f
13089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13090 ;;;;;;  0))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13092
13093 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13094 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
13095
13096 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13097
13098 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13099 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13100 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13101 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13102
13103 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13104
13105 \(fn)" t nil)
13106
13107 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13108 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13109 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
13110 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13111 to be updated.
13112
13113 \(fn)" t nil)
13114
13115 ;;;***
13116 \f
13117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13118 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
13119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13120
13121 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13122 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13123
13124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13127 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13128 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
13129
13130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13133 Verify a hashcash payment
13134
13135 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13136
13137 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13138 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13139 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13140 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
13141 `mail-add-payment-async').
13142
13143 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13146 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13147 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13148 Calculation is asynchronous.
13149
13150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13151
13152 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13153 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13154 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 ;;;***
13159 \f
13160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13161 ;;;;;;  0))
13162 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13163
13164 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13165 Return the help-echo string at point.
13166 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13167 property, or nil, is returned.
13168 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13169 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13170 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13171
13172 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13173
13174 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13175 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13176 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13177 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13178 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13179
13180 \(fn)" nil nil)
13181
13182 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13183 Display local help in the echo area.
13184 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13185 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13186 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13187 printed instead.
13188
13189 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13190 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13191 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13192
13193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13194
13195 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13196 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13197 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13198
13199 \(fn)" t nil)
13200
13201 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13202 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13203 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13204
13205 \(fn)" t nil)
13206
13207 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13208 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13209 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13210 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13211 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13212 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13213 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13214 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13215 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13216 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13217 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13218
13219 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13220 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13221 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13222 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13223 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13224
13225 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13226 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13227 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13228 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13229 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13230 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13231 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13232 The default is `never'.")
13233
13234 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13235
13236 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13237 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13238 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13239 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13240 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13241 considered different regions.
13242
13243 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13244 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13245 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13246 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13247 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13248 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13249 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13250 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13251 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13252
13253 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13254
13255 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13256 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13257 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13258 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13259 different regions.
13260
13261 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13262 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13263 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13264 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13265 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13266 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13267 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13268 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13269
13270 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13271 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13272 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13273 rarely happens in practice.
13274
13275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13276
13277 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13278 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13279 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13280 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13281 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13282 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13283
13284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13285
13286 ;;;***
13287 \f
13288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13289 ;;;;;;  0))
13290 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13291
13292 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13293 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13294
13295 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13296
13297 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13298 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13299 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13300
13301 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13302
13303 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13304 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13305 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13306   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13307 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13308 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13309 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13310  search for a function definition.
13311
13312 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13313 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13314 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13315 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13316 suitable file is found, return nil.
13317
13318 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13319
13320 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13321
13322
13323 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13324
13325 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13326 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13327 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13328 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13329
13330 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13331
13332 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13333 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13334 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13335 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13336 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13337 it is displayed along with the global value.
13338
13339 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13340
13341 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13342 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13343 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13344 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13345
13346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13347
13348 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13349 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13350 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13351 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13352 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13353
13354 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13355
13356 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13357 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13358
13359 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13360
13361 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13362 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13363
13364 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13365
13366 ;;;***
13367 \f
13368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13369 ;;;;;;  0))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13371
13372 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13373 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13374 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13375 window listing and describing the options.
13376 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13377 gives the window that lists the options.")
13378
13379 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13380
13381 ;;;***
13382 \f
13383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21048 47760 436258
13384 ;;;;;;  0))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13386
13387 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13388 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13389 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13390 Commands:
13391 \\{help-mode-map}
13392
13393 \(fn)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13396
13397
13398 \(fn)" nil nil)
13399
13400 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13401
13402
13403 \(fn)" nil nil)
13404
13405 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13406 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13407
13408 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13409 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13410 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13411 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13412
13413 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13414 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13415 restore it properly when going back.
13416
13417 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13418
13419 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13420 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13421 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13422 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13423 from `help-mode'.
13424 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13425 it does not already exist.
13426
13427 \(fn)" nil nil)
13428
13429 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13430 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13431
13432 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13433 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13434 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13435 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13436 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13437 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13438 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13439 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13440
13441 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13442 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13443 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13444 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13445
13446 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13447 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13448 that.
13449
13450 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13451
13452 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13453 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13454 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13455 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13456 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13457 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13458
13459 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13460
13461 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13462 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13463 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13464 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13465 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13466
13467 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13468
13469 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13470 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13471
13472 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13475 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13476 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13477 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13478
13479 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13480
13481 ;;;***
13482 \f
13483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13484 ;;;;;;  458637 0))
13485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13486
13487 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13488 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13489
13490 \(fn)" t nil)
13491
13492 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13493 Provide help for current mode.
13494
13495 \(fn)" t nil)
13496
13497 ;;;***
13498 \f
13499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13500 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13501
13502 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13503 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13504 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13505 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13506 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13507
13508 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13509 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13510
13511 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13512 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13513 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13514 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13515
13516 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13517 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13518 periods.
13519
13520 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13521 in hexl format.
13522
13523 A sample format:
13524
13525   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13526   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13527   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13528   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13529   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13530   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13531   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13532   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13533   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13534   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13535   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13536   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13537   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13538   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13539   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13540
13541 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.  Most
13542 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13543 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13544
13545 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13546 also supported.
13547
13548 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13549
13550 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13551 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13552 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13553
13554 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13555 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13556 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13557
13558 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13559 into the buffer at the current point.
13560
13561 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13562 into the buffer at the current point.
13563
13564 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13565 into the buffer at the current point.
13566
13567 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13568
13569 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13570 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13571
13572 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13573
13574 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13575
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13577
13578 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13579 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13580 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13581 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13582
13583 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13584
13585 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13586 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13587 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13588
13589 \(fn)" t nil)
13590
13591 ;;;***
13592 \f
13593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13594 ;;;;;;  0))
13595 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13596
13597 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13598 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13600 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13602
13603 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13604 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13605 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13606 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13607
13608 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13609 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13610 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13611 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13612
13613 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13614 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13615 which can be called interactively, are:
13616
13617 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13618   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13619
13620 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13621   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13622   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13623   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13624
13625 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13626   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13627
13628 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13629   Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13630   available face automatically.
13631
13632 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13633   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13634
13635 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13636   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13637   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13638   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13639   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13640   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13641   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13642   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13643   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13644   function returns t.
13645
13646 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13647   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13648
13649 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13650 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13651 form:
13652   Hi-lock: FOO
13653
13654 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13655 position (number of characters into buffer)
13656 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13657 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13658 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13659
13660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13661
13662 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13663 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13664 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13667 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13668
13669 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13670
13671 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13672 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13673 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13674 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13675 ARG is omitted or nil.
13676
13677 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13678 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13679 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13680
13681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13682
13683 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13684
13685 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13686 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13687 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13688 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13689 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13690
13691 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13692 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13693 highlighting will not update as you type.
13694
13695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13696
13697 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13698
13699 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13700 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13701 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13702 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13703 value(s) REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13704
13705 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13706 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13707 highlighting will not update as you type.
13708
13709 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13710
13711 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13712
13713 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13714 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13716 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13717 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.  When
13718 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13719 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13720 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13721
13722 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13723 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13724 highlighting will not update as you type.
13725
13726 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13727
13728 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13729
13730 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13731 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13732 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13733 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13734 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13735
13736 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13737 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used,
13738 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13739
13740 \(fn)" t nil)
13741
13742 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13743
13744 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13745 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13746 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13747 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13748 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13749 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13750
13751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13754 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13755
13756 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13757 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13758 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13759
13760 \(fn)" t nil)
13761
13762 ;;;***
13763 \f
13764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13765 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
13766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13767
13768 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13769 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13771 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13772 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13773
13774 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13775 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13776 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13777 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13778
13779 `hide-ifdef-env'
13780         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13781         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13782         is used.
13783
13784 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13785         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13786         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13787         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13788         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13789
13790 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13791         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13792         #endif lines when hiding.
13793
13794 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13795         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13796         is activated.
13797
13798 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13799         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13800         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13801
13802 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13803
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13805
13806 ;;;***
13807 \f
13808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13809 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
13810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13811
13812 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13813 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13814 Each element has the form
13815   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13816
13817 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13818 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13819
13820 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13821 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13822
13823 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13824 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13825 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13826 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13827 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13828 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13829
13830 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13831 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13832
13833 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13834 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13835
13836 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13837 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13838 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13839
13840 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13841 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13843 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13844 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13845
13846 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13847 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13848 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13849
13850 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13851 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13852 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13853
13854 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13855 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13856
13857 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13858
13859 Key bindings:
13860 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13861
13862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13865 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13866
13867 \(fn)" nil nil)
13868
13869 ;;;***
13870 \f
13871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13872 ;;;;;;  0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13874
13875 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13878 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13879 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13880
13881 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13882 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13883 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13884 this on and off.
13885
13886 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13887 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13888 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13889 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13890 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13891 through various faces.
13892 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13893 buffer with the contents of a file
13894 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13899 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13901 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13902 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13903
13904 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13905 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13906 in a distinctive face.
13907
13908 The default value can be customized with variable
13909 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13910
13911 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13912
13913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914
13915 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13916 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13917 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13918
13919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13920
13921 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13922 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13923
13924 \(fn)" t nil)
13925
13926 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13927 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13928
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13932 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13933
13934 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13935 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13936 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13937 shown in the last face in the list.
13938
13939 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13940 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13941 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13942
13943   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13944
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13948 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13949
13950 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13951
13952 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13953 to save the file.
13954
13955 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13956 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13957
13958 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13959 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13960 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13961
13962 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13965 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13966
13967 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13968 this function is called interactively.
13969
13970 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13971 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13972 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13973
13974 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13975 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13976 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13977
13978 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13979
13980 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13981 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13982 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13985 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13986
13987 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13988
13989 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13990 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13991 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13992 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13993 ARG is omitted or nil.
13994
13995 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13996 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13997 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13998
13999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14000
14001 ;;;***
14002 \f
14003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
14004 ;;;;;;  0))
14005 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14006 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14007
14008 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14009 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14010 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14011 or insert functions in this list.")
14012
14013 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14014
14015 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14016 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14017 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14018 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
14019 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14020 expansions.
14021 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14022 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14023 undoes the expansion.
14024
14025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14028 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14029 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
14030 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14031
14032 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14033
14034 ;;;***
14035 \f
14036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20992 52525 458637
14037 ;;;;;;  0))
14038 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14039
14040 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14041 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14043 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14044 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14045
14046 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
14047 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14048 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
14049 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14050 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
14051 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14052
14053 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14054 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
14055 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14056 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14057
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14059
14060 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14061 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14062 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14065 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14066
14067 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14070 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14072 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14074
14075 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14076 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14077 windows.
14078
14079 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14080 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14081
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14083
14084 ;;;***
14085 \f
14086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14087 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14089
14090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14091
14092 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14093 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
14094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14095
14096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14097
14098 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14099
14100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14101
14102 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14103 Oriental holidays.
14104 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14105
14106 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14107
14108 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14109
14110 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14111
14112 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14113 Local holidays.
14114 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14115
14116 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14117
14118 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14119
14120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14121
14122 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14123 User defined holidays.
14124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14125
14126 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14127
14128 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14129
14130 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14131 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14132
14133 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14134
14135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14136 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14137
14138 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14139
14140 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14141 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14142
14143 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14144
14145 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14146 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14147
14148 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14149
14150 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14151
14152 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14153 Jewish holidays.
14154 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14155
14156 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14157
14158 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14159
14160 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14161
14162 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14163 Christian holidays.
14164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14165
14166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14167
14168 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14169
14170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14171
14172 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14173 Islamic holidays.
14174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14175
14176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14177
14178 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14179
14180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14181
14182 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14183 Bahá'í holidays.
14184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14185
14186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14187
14188 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14189
14190 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14191
14192 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14193 Sun-related holidays.
14194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14195
14196 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14197
14198 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14199
14200 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14201
14202 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14203 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14204 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14205 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14206
14207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14208
14209 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14210 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14211 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14212 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14213 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14214
14215   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14216     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14217
14218 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14219 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14220
14221 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14222 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14223 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14224 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14225 of a holiday list.
14226
14227 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14228
14229 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14230
14231 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14236 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14238
14239 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14240 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14241
14242 \(fn)" t nil)
14243
14244 ;;;***
14245 \f
14246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21105 28578
14247 ;;;;;;  135432 0))
14248 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14249 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14250
14251 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14252 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14253 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14254 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14255 as possible.
14256
14257 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14258 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14259 fontified display.
14260
14261 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14262 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14263
14264 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14265 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14266 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14267
14268 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14271 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14272 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14273
14274 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14275
14276 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14277
14278 ;;;***
14279 \f
14280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14281 ;;;;;;  0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14283
14284 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14286
14287 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14288 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14289 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14290
14291 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14292 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14293 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14294 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14295 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14296 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14297
14298 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14299 title of the column.
14300
14301 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14302 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14303 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14304 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14305 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14306
14307 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14308
14309 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14310 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14312 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14314
14315 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14316 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14317 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14318
14319 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14320
14321 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14322 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14323 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14324 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14325 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14326 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14327
14328 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14329 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14330 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14331 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14332 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14333 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14334 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14335 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14336 values are:
14337  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14338  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14339  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14340   buffer's modification flag.
14341 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14342 prompted before performing this operation.
14343 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14344 operation is complete, in the form:
14345  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14346 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14347 confirmation message, in the form:
14348  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14349 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14350 macro for exactly what it does.
14351
14352 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14353
14354 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Define a filter named NAME.
14356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14357 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14359
14360 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14361 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14362 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14363 bound to the current value of the filter.
14364
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14366
14367 ;;;***
14368 \f
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21105 26139 752484
14370 ;;;;;;  0))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14372
14373 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14374 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14375 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14376 buffers which are visiting a file.
14377
14378 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14379
14380 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14381 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14383 buffers which are visiting a file.
14384
14385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14386
14387 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14388 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14389 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14390
14391 All arguments are optional.
14392 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14393 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14394 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14395   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14396 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14397 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14398   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14399 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14400   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14401 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14402   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14403   that value locally in this buffer.
14404
14405 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14406
14407 ;;;***
14408 \f
14409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21077
14410 ;;;;;;  65494 651556 676000))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14412 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14413
14414 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14415 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14416 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14417 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14418
14419 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14420
14421 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14422 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14423 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14424 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14425 ICAL-FILENAME.
14426 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14427 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14428 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14429
14430 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14433 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14434 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14435 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14436 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14437 non-marking or not.
14438
14439 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14440
14441 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14442 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14443
14444 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14445 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14446 DIARY-FILE.
14447
14448 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14449 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14450 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14451
14452 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14453 non-marking.
14454
14455 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14456 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14457 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14458
14459 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14460
14461 ;;;***
14462 \f
14463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21091 44456 774347
14464 ;;;;;;  0))
14465 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14466
14467 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14468 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14469 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14472 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14473
14474 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14475
14476 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14477 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14478 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14479 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14480 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14481
14482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14483
14484 ;;;***
14485 \f
14486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14487 ;;;;;;  0))
14488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14489
14490 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14491 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14492 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14493 Tab indents for Icon code.
14494 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14495 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14496 \\{icon-mode-map}
14497 Variables controlling indentation style:
14498  icon-tab-always-indent
14499     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14500     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14501  icon-auto-newline
14502     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14503     inserted in Icon code.
14504  icon-indent-level
14505     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14506     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14507     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14508  icon-continued-statement-offset
14509     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14510     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14511  icon-continued-brace-offset
14512     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14513     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14514  icon-brace-offset
14515     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14516  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14517     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14518     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14519
14520 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14521 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14522
14523 \(fn)" t nil)
14524
14525 ;;;***
14526 \f
14527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14528 ;;;;;;  49065 383398 0))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14530
14531 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14532 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14533 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14534 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14535
14536 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14537 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14538 separate frames.
14539
14540 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14541 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14542
14543 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14544 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14545 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14546
14547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14548
14549 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14550
14551 ;;;***
14552 \f
14553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14554 ;;;;;;  117790 0))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14556 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14557
14558 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14559 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14560
14561 The main features of this mode are
14562
14563 1. Indentation and Formatting
14564    --------------------------
14565    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14566    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14567
14568    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14569    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14570    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14571    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14572
14573    Comments are indented as follows:
14574
14575    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14576    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14577    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14578
14579    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14580
14581    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14582    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14583    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14584    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14585    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14586    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14587
14588    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14589    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14590    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14591    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14592
14593 2. Routine Info
14594    ------------
14595    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14596    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14597    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14598    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14599    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14600    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14601    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14602    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14603    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14604    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14605
14606 3. Online IDL Help
14607    ---------------
14608
14609    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14610    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14611    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14612    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14613
14614 4. Completion
14615    ----------
14616    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14617    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14618    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14619    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14620    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14621    upper case.
14622
14623 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14624    --------------------------------
14625    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14626    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14627
14628    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14629    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14630    \\c         CASE statement template
14631    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14632    \\f         FOR loop template
14633    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14634    \\w         WHILE loop template
14635    \\i         IF statement template
14636    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14637    \\b         BEGIN
14638
14639    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14640    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14641
14642    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14643    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14644    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14645    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14646
14647 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14648    -------------------------
14649    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14650    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14651
14652 7. Automatic END completion
14653    ------------------------
14654    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14655    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14656
14657 8. Hooks
14658    -----
14659    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14660    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14661
14662 9. Documentation and Customization
14663    -------------------------------
14664    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14665    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14666    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14667    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14668    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14669
14670 10.Keybindings
14671    -----------
14672    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14673    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14674    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14675
14676 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14677
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14679
14680 ;;;***
14681 \f
14682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21103 35626 321341 0))
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14684
14685 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14686 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14687 The following values are possible:
14688 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14689   displaying...)
14690 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14691 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14692 -  nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14693
14694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14695 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14696
14697 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14698
14699 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14700 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14701 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14702 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14703 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14704 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14705 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14706 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14707 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14708
14709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer.
14713 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14714 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14715 in another frame.
14716
14717 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14718 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14719 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14720 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14721 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14722
14723 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14724 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14725
14726 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14727
14728 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14729 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14730 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14731 matches all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14732 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14733 in a separate window.
14734 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14735 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14736 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14737 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14738 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14739 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14740 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14741 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14748 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14750
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14752
14753 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14754 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14755 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14761 Kill a buffer.
14762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14768 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14775 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14778
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14780
14781 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14782 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14783
14784 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14785
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14787 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14788 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14789 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14790 visible in another frame.
14791
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14793 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14794 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14795 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14796 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14797 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14798
14799 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14800 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14801
14802 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14803
14804 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14805 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14806 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14807 matches all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14808 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14809 in a separate window.
14810 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14811 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14812 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14813 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14814 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14815 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14816 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14817 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14818 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14820 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14821 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14822 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14823 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14824 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14839
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14843 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14846
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848
14849 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14850 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14853
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14855
14856 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14857 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14860
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14862
14863 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14864 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14867
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14869
14870 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14871 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14874
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14876
14877 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14878 Write current buffer to a file.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14881
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14883
14884 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14885 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14888
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14890
14891 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14892 Call `dired' the ido way.
14893 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14895
14896 \(fn)" t nil)
14897
14898 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14899 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14900 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14901 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14902 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14903 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14904
14905 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14906
14907 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14908 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14909 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14910 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14911
14912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14913
14914 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14915 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14916 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14917 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14918
14919 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14920
14921 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14922 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14923 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14924 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14925 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14926 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14927  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14928 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14929  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14930  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14931  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14932 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14933  with point positioned at the end.
14934 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14935 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14936
14937 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14938
14939 ;;;***
14940 \f
14941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21089 2732 351717 0))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14943
14944 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14945 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14946 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14947 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14948
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14950
14951 ;;;***
14952 \f
14953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14955
14956 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14957
14958 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14959 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14961 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14963 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14964
14965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14966
14967 ;;;***
14968 \f
14969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21107 32686 465643 0))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14971
14972 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14973 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14974 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14975 be determined.
14976
14977 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14978
14979 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14980 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14981 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14982 be determined.
14983
14984 \(fn)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14987 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14988 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14989 be determined.
14990
14991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14994 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14995 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14996 be determined.
14997
14998 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14999
15000 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15001 Determine and return image type.
15002 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15003 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
15004 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15005 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15006 use its file extension as image type.
15007 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15008
15009 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15012 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15013 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15014
15015 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15018 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15019 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15020
15021 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15022 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15023 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15024 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15025 must be available.
15026
15027 \(fn)" nil nil)
15028
15029 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15030 Create an image.
15031 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15032 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
15033 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15034 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15035 use its file extension as image type.
15036 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15037 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15038 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15039 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15040
15041 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15042
15043 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15044 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15045 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15046
15047 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15048
15049 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15050 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15051 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15052 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15053 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15054 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15055 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15056 POS may be an integer or marker.
15057 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15058 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15059 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15060 means display it in the right marginal area.
15061
15062 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15065 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15066 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15067 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
15068 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15069 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15070 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15071 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15072 means display it in the right marginal area.
15073 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
15074 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15075 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15076 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15077 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15078
15079 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15080
15081 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15082 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15083 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15084 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  The default
15085 STRING is a single space.
15086 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15087 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15088 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15089 means display it in the right marginal area.
15090 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15091
15092 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15093
15094 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15095 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15096 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15097 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15098
15099 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15100
15101 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15102 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15103
15104 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15105
15106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15107 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15111 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
15112 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15113 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
15114 satisfied.
15115
15116 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15117
15118 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15119
15120 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15123 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15124
15125 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
15126 documentation string.
15127
15128 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15129 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15130 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15131 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15132 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15133 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
15134 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15135 define SYMBOL.
15136
15137 Example:
15138
15139    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15140                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15141
15142 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15143
15144 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15145
15146 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15147 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15148 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15149 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15150
15151 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15152 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
15153 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15154 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15155
15156 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15157
15158 \(fn)" nil nil)
15159
15160 ;;;***
15161 \f
15162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15163 ;;;;;;  737658 0))
15164 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15165 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15166
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15168 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15169 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15170 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15171 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15172 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15173
15174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15178
15179 Convenience command that:
15180
15181  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15182  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15183  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15184
15185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15186 image files in dired and type
15187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15188
15189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15190
15191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15193
15194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15199 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15201 another one).
15202
15203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15206
15207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15208 instead of erasing it first.
15209
15210 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15211 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15212 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15216
15217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15218
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15223 displayed.
15224
15225 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15226
15227 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15228
15229 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15230
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15232 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15233
15234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15239
15240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15241
15242 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15244
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15246
15247 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15251
15252 \(fn)" t nil)
15253
15254 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15256
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15258
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15261
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15266
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15270 Display current image file.
15271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15273
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15278
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15286 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15287 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15288
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15294 easy-to-use form.
15295
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15297
15298 ;;;***
15299 \f
15300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15301 ;;;;;;  0))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15303
15304 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15305 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15306 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15307 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15308
15309 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15310 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15311 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15312 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15313
15314 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15315
15316 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15317 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15318 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15319 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15320
15321 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15322 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15323 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15324 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15325
15326 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15327
15328 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15329 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15330
15331 \(fn)" nil nil)
15332
15333 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15334 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15335 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15336 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15337
15338 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15339
15340 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15341 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15342 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15345 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15346
15347 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15348
15349 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15350 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15352 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15354
15355 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15358
15359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15360
15361 ;;;***
15362 \f
15363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15364 ;;;;;;  0))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15366
15367 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15368 Major mode for image files.
15369 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15370 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15371
15372 Key bindings:
15373 \\{image-mode-map}
15374
15375 \(fn)" t nil)
15376
15377 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15378 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15380 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15381 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15382
15383 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15384 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15385 actual image.
15386
15387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15388
15389 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15390 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15391 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15392 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15393 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15394 to display an image file as the actual image.
15395
15396 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15397 to display an image file as text initially.
15398
15399 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15400 on these modes.
15401
15402 \(fn)" t nil)
15403
15404 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15405
15406
15407 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15408
15409 ;;;***
15410 \f
15411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
15412 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15413
15414 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15415 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15416
15417 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15418
15419 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15420 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15421 in the buffer.
15422
15423 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15424
15425 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15426 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15427 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15428
15429 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15430
15431 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15432 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15433 Each element of this list should have the form
15434
15435   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15436
15437 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15438 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15439 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15440 matches are put).
15441 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15442 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15443 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15444 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15445 another element.
15446 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15447 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15448 the menu item.
15449 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15450 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15451 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15452 the ARGUMENTS.
15453
15454 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15455 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15456 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15457
15458 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15459 create a buffer index.
15460
15461 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15462 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15463 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15464 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15465 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15466
15467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15468
15469 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15470 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15471
15472 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15473 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15474 called within a `save-excursion'.
15475
15476 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15477
15478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15479
15480 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15481 Function for finding the next index position.
15482
15483 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15484 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15485 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15486 file.
15487
15488 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15489 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15490
15491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15492
15493 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15494 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15495
15496 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15497 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15498 It should return the name for that index item.")
15499
15500 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15501
15502 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15503 Function to compare string with index item.
15504
15505 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15506 non-nil if they match.
15507
15508 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15509 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15510 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15511 arguments match\".")
15512
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15514
15515 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15516 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15517 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15518
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15520 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15521
15522 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15523
15524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15525
15526 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15527 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15528 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15529 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15530
15531 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15534 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15535
15536 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15537
15538 \(fn)" t nil)
15539
15540 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15541 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15542 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15543 for more information.
15544
15545 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15546
15547 ;;;***
15548 \f
15549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15550 ;;;;;;  436233 0))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15552
15553 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15554 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15555
15556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15559
15560
15561 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15562
15563 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15564
15565
15566 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15569
15570
15571 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15574 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15575
15576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15577
15578 ;;;***
15579 \f
15580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21098 17703
15581 ;;;;;;  588969 0))
15582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15583
15584 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15585 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15586 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15587 to that buffer.
15588 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15589 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15590 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15591 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15592
15593 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15594
15595 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15596
15597 ;;;***
15598 \f
15599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15601
15602 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15603 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15604 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15605 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15606 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15607 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15608 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15609 first in this list.
15610
15611 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15612 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15613 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15614 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15615 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15616
15617 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15618 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15619 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15620
15621 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15622 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15623
15624 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15625  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15626
15627 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15628 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15629 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15630 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15631 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15632 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15633 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15634 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15635 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15636 with the top-level Info directory.
15637
15638 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15639 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15640
15641 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15642 \"*info*<%s>\".
15643
15644 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15645 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15646 in all the directories in that path.
15647
15648 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15649
15650 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15651
15652 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15653 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15654
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15656
15657 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15658 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15659
15660 \(fn)" t nil)
15661
15662 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15663 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15664 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15665 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15666
15667 \(fn)" nil nil)
15668
15669 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15670 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15671 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15672 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15673
15674 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15677 Go to the Info directory node.
15678
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15682 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15683 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15684 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15685 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15686 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15687
15688 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15691 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15692 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15693
15694 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15697 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15698 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15699 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15700 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15701
15702 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15705 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15706 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15707 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15708 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15709
15710 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15711 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15712
15713 Selecting other nodes:
15714 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15715         Follow a node reference you click on.
15716           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15717           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15718 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15719 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15720 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15721 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15722 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15723           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15724 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15725 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15726 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15727 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15728 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15729 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15730 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15731 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15732 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15733 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15734 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15735 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15736
15737 Moving within a node:
15738 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15739           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15740           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15741           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15742           move up to the parent node.
15743 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15744           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15745           if there is none.
15746 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15747
15748 Advanced commands:
15749 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15750           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15751 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15752 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15753 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15754 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15755 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15756 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15757 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15758           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15759 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15760           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15761 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15762 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15763 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15764 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15765
15766 \(fn)" t nil)
15767  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15768
15769 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15770 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15771 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15772 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15773 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15774 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15775
15776 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15777  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15778
15779 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15780 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15781 KEY is a string.
15782 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15783 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15784 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15785 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15786
15787 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15790 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15791 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15792
15793 \(fn)" t nil)
15794
15795 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15796 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15797 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15798
15799 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15800
15801 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15802 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15803 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15804 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15805
15806 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15807
15808 ;;;***
15809 \f
15810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15811 ;;;;;;  0))
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15813
15814 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15815 Throw away all cached data.
15816 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15817 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15818 system.
15819
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15821  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15822
15823 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15824 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15825 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15826 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15827 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15828 one found at point.
15829
15830 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15831
15832 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15833  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15834
15835 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15836 Display the documentation of a file.
15837 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15838 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15839 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15840 The default file name is the one found at point.
15841
15842 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15843
15844 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15847 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15848
15849 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15850
15851 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15852 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15853
15854 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15855
15856 ;;;***
15857 \f
15858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15859 ;;;;;;  0))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15861 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15862
15863 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15864 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15865 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15866 current info file is the default.
15867
15868 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15869 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15870 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15871 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15872 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15873
15874 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15875 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15876 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15877 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15878 mistake in the reference.
15879
15880 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15881 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15882 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15883
15884 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15885 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15886 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15887 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15888
15889 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15892 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15893 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15894 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15895 checked.
15896
15897 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15898 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15899 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15900 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15901 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15902 should be harmless.
15903
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15905
15906 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15907 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15908 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15909 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15910
15911 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15912 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15913 and can take a long time.
15914
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15916
15917 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15918 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15919 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15920
15921     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15922
15923 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15924 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15925
15926 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15927 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15928 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15929 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15930 all builtins).
15931
15932 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15933 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15934 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15935 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15936 the sources handy.
15937
15938 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15939
15940 ;;;***
15941 \f
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15943 ;;;;;;  0))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15945
15946 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15947 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15948
15949 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15950
15951 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15952 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15953
15954 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15955
15956 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15957 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15958 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15959 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15960
15961 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15962 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15963 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15964
15965 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15966 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15967 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15968 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15969
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15973 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15974 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15975
15976 \(fn)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15979 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15980 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15981 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15982 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15983
15984 \(fn)" nil nil)
15985
15986 ;;;***
15987 \f
15988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15989 ;;;;;;  425822 0))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15991 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15992
15993 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15994 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15995 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15996
15997 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15998
15999 ;;;***
16000 \f
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
16002 ;;;;;;  60838 997229 0))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16004
16005 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16006 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16007
16008 \(fn)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16011 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16012
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16016
16017
16018 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16019
16020 ;;;***
16021 \f
16022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
16023 ;;;;;;  0))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16025 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16026
16027 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16028 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16029 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16030 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16031 accessed via isearchb.
16032
16033 \(fn)" t nil)
16034
16035 ;;;***
16036 \f
16037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
16038 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16040
16041 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16043 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16044 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16046
16047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16051 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16052 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16053 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16054
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16058 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16059 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16060 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16061 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16062
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16066 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16067 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16068 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16069 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16070
16071 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16075 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16076 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16077 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16078
16079 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16080
16081 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16082 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16083 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16084 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16085 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16086
16087 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16088
16089 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16090 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16091 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16092 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16093 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16094
16095 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16096
16097 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16098 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16099 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16100 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16101
16102 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16105 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16106 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16107 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16108
16109 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16110
16111 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16112 Warn that format is read-only.
16113
16114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16115
16116 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16117 Warn that format is write-only.
16118
16119 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16122 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16123
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16125
16126 ;;;***
16127 \f
16128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16129 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
16130 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16131  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16132  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16133
16134 ;;;***
16135 \f
16136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21062 44200
16137 ;;;;;;  584479 0))
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16139
16140 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16141
16142 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16143 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16144 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16145 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16146 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16147
16148 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16149
16150 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16151
16152 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16153 Key map for ispell menu.")
16154
16155 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16156 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16157 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16158 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16159
16160 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16161
16162 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16163
16164 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16165
16166 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16167
16168 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16169 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16170 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16171 Valid forms include:
16172   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16173   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16174   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16175   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16176
16177 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16178 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16179 First list is used raw.
16180 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16181
16182 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16183 for skipping in latex mode.")
16184
16185 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16186 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16187 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16188 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16189  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16190 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16191  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16194 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16195 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16196 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16197
16198 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16199 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16200 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16201 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16202 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16203
16204 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16205 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16206
16207 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16208 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16209
16210 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16211 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16212
16213 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16214 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16215
16216 Return values:
16217 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16218 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16219 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16220 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16221 quit          spell session exited.
16222
16223 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16224
16225 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16226 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16227 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16228
16229 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16232 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16233
16234 Selections are:
16235
16236 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16237 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16238 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16239 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16240 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16241 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16242 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16243 `?':   Show these commands.
16244 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16245 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16246         the aborted check to be completed later.
16247 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16248 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16249 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16250 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16251 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16252 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16253 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16254
16255 \(fn)" nil nil)
16256
16257 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16258 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16259 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16260 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16261
16262 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16263
16264 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16265 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16266 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16267 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16268
16269 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16270
16271 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16272
16273 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16274 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16275 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16276 amount for last line processed.
16277
16278 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16279
16280 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16281 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16282
16283 \(fn)" t nil)
16284
16285 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16286 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16287
16288 \(fn)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16291 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16292 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16293
16294 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16297 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16298
16299 \(fn)" t nil)
16300
16301 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16302 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16303 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16304 sequence inside of a word.
16305
16306 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16307
16308 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16309
16310 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16311 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16312
16313 \(fn)" t nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16316 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16317 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16318 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16319
16320 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16321 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16322 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16323 available on the net.
16324
16325 \(fn)" t nil)
16326
16327 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16328 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16330 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16332
16333 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16334 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16335 spelled.
16336
16337 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16338 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16339 SPC.
16340
16341 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16342 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16343
16344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16347 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16348 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16349 Don't check included messages.
16350
16351 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16352 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16353 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16354
16355 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16356 in your init file:
16357    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16358    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16359    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16360    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16361
16362 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16363 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16364    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16365
16366 \(fn)" t nil)
16367
16368 ;;;***
16369 \f
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824 3367 300658
16371 ;;;;;;  0))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16373
16374 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16375 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16376 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16379 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16380
16381 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16384 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16386 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16388
16389 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16390 between buffers using substrings.  See `iswitchb' for details.
16391
16392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16393
16394 ;;;***
16395 \f
16396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16397 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16399
16400 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16401
16402
16403 \(fn)" nil nil)
16404
16405 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16406 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16407 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16408 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16409 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16410  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16411  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16412  necessary to represent OBJ.
16413
16414 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16415
16416 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16417 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16418 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16419 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16420
16421 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16425 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16426 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16427 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16428
16429 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16430
16431 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16432 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16433 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16434 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16435
16436 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16437
16438 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16439 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16440 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16441 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16442
16443 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16444
16445 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16447
16448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16449
16450 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16451 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16452 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16453 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16454 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16455
16456 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16457
16458 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16459 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16460 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16461 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16462 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16463
16464 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16465
16466 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16467 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16468 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16469
16470 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16471
16472 ;;;***
16473 \f
16474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16475 ;;;;;;  0))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16477
16478 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16479 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16480 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16481 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16482
16483 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16484
16485
16486 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16489 Uninstall jka-compr.
16490 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16491 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16492 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16493
16494 \(fn)" nil nil)
16495
16496 ;;;***
16497 \f
16498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16500 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16501
16502 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16503 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16504
16505 \(fn)" t nil)
16506  (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16507
16508 ;;;***
16509 \f
16510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16512 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16513
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16517 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16519
16520 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16521 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16522 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16523 decimal key must be specified.")
16524
16525 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16526
16527 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16528 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16529 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16530 decimal key must be specified.")
16531
16532 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16533
16534 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16535 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16536 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16537 decimal key must be specified.")
16538
16539 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16540
16541 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16542 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16543 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16544 decimal key must be specified.")
16545
16546 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16547
16548 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16549 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16550 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16551 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16552 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16553 keys are bound.
16554
16555  Setup      Binding
16556  -------------------------------------------------------------
16557  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16558  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16559  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16560  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16561  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16562            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16563            in the global and local keymaps.
16564
16565 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16566 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16567
16568 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16569
16570 ;;;***
16571 \f
16572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16573 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16575
16576 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16577 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16578 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16579
16580 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16581 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16582 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16583 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16584 shorter.
16585
16586 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16587 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16588 the context of text formatting.
16589
16590 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16591
16592 ;;;***
16593 \f
16594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16595 ;;;;;;  0))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16597
16598 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16599 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16600 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16601 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16602 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16603 positions that contains the current selection.")
16604
16605 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16606 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16607 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16608 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16609 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16610 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16611 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16612
16613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16614
16615 ;;;***
16616 \f
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16619  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16620  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16621  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16622  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16623  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16624  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16625  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16626
16627 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16628 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16629
16630 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16631
16632 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16633 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16634 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16635 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16636 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16637
16638 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16639
16640 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16641 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16642 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16643
16644 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16645 defining the macro.
16646
16647 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16648 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16649 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16650
16651 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16652 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16653
16654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16655
16656 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16657 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16658 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16659 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16660 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16661 under that name.
16662
16663 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16664 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16665 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16666
16667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16668
16669 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16670 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16671 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16672 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16673
16674 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16675 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16676 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16677 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16678
16679 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16680 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16681
16682 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16685 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16686 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16687
16688 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16689 macro.
16690
16691 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16692 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16693
16694 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16695 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16696 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16697
16698 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16699 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16700
16701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16704 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16705 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16706 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16707
16708 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16709
16710 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16711 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16712 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16713 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16714
16715 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16716 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16717
16718 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16719
16720 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16721 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16722 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16723
16724 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16725
16726 ;;;***
16727 \f
16728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16729 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16731
16732 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16733 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16734 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16735
16736 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16737
16738
16739 \(fn)" nil nil)
16740
16741 ;;;***
16742 \f
16743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21040 47148
16744 ;;;;;;  604043 521000))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16746
16747 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16748
16749 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16750 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16751
16752 \(fn)" t nil)
16753
16754 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16755 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16756 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16757 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16758
16759 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16760 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16761 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16762        2   | yes                   | yes
16763        3   | no                    | yes
16764        4   | no                    | no
16765
16766 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16767 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16768 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16769
16770 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16771
16772 ;;;***
16773 \f
16774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16775 ;;;;;;  436233 0))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16777
16778 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16779
16780
16781 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16782
16783 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16784 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16785 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16786 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16787 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16788 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16789
16790 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16791 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16792
16793 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16794
16795 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16796 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16797
16798 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16799
16800 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16801
16802
16803 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16804
16805 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16806
16807
16808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16809
16810 ;;;***
16811 \f
16812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16813 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16815
16816 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16817 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16818 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16819 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16820
16821 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16822
16823 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16824 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16825 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16826
16827 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16828
16829 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16830 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16831 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16832
16833 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16834
16835 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16836 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16837 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16838 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16839
16840 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16845 ;;;;;;  (20826 45095 436233 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16847
16848 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16849 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16850 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16851 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16852 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16853 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16854 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16855 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16856
16857 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16858 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16859
16860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16861 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16862
16863 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16864
16865 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16866 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16867 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16868 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16869 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16870 `latin1-display-setup'.
16871
16872 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16873
16874 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16875 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16876 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16877 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16878
16879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16880 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16881
16882 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16883
16884 ;;;***
16885 \f
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16887 ;;;;;;  62962 290468 0))
16888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16889
16890 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16891 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16892
16893 \(fn)" t nil)
16894
16895 ;;;***
16896 \f
16897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21048 47760 436258 0))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16899
16900 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16901 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16902 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16903 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16904 generations (this defaults to 1).
16905
16906 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16907
16908 ;;;***
16909 \f
16910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16912 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16913
16914 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16915 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16916 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16917 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16918 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16919
16920 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16921
16922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16923
16924 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16925 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16926 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16929 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16930
16931 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16932
16933 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16934 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16935 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16936 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16937 ARG is omitted or nil.
16938
16939 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16940 `linum-on' would do it.
16941 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16942
16943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16944
16945 ;;;***
16946 \f
16947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709 26818 907104
16948 ;;;;;;  0))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16950
16951 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16952 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16953 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16954 is nil, raise an error.
16955
16956 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16957 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16958 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16959 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16960 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16961 defined by the library.
16962
16963 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16964 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16965 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16966 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16967 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16968 proceeds.
16969
16970 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16971 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16972 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16973 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16974
16975 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16976
16977 ;;;***
16978 \f
16979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
16980 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16981
16982 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16983 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16984 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16985
16986 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16987
16988 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16989 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16990 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16991 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16992
16993 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16994 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16995 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16996 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16997 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16998 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16999 the version.)
17000
17001 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17002 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17003
17004 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
17005 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17006
17007 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17008 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17009
17010 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17011
17012 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17013 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17014 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17015 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17016 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
17017 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17018 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17019 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17020 to constrain a big search.
17021
17022 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17023
17024 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17025 except that FILTER is not optional.
17026
17027 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17028
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977 14204
17032 ;;;;;;  0))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17034
17035 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17036 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17037 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17038 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17039 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17040 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17041 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17042 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
17043 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17044 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17045
17046 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17047 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
17048 associated values:
17049  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17050  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17051  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17052  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17053  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17054
17055 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17056 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17057 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17058
17059 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17060
17061 ;;;***
17062 \f
17063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
17064 ;;;;;;  0))
17065 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17066
17067 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17068 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17069
17070 \(fn)" t nil)
17071
17072 ;;;***
17073 \f
17074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17076
17077 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17078 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17079
17080 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17081 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17082
17083 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17084 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17085 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17086
17087 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17088 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17089
17090 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17091 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17092 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17093 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17094 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
17095 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17096 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17097
17098 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17099
17100 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17101 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17102 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17103 switch on this list.
17104 See `lpr-command'.")
17105
17106 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17107
17108 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17109 Name of program for printing a file.
17110
17111 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17112 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17113 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17114 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17115 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17116 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17117 argument.")
17118
17119 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17120
17121 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17122 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17123 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17124 for customization of the printer command.
17125
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17127
17128 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17129 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17130
17131 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17132 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17133 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17134 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17135
17136 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17137 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17138
17139 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17140 for further customization of the printer command.
17141
17142 \(fn)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17145 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17147 for customization of the printer command.
17148
17149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17152 Paginate and print the region contents.
17153
17154 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17155 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17156 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17157 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17158
17159 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17160 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17161
17162 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17163 for further customization of the printer command.
17164
17165 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17166
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21048 11307 937592
17170 ;;;;;;  0))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17172
17173 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17174 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17175 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17176
17177 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17178
17179 ;;;***
17180 \f
17181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17182 ;;;;;;  0))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17184
17185 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17186 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17187 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17188 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17189
17190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17191
17192 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17197 ;;;;;;  290468 0))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17199
17200 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17201 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17202
17203 \(fn)" t nil)
17204
17205 ;;;***
17206 \f
17207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17209
17210 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17211 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17212 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17213 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17214 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17215
17216 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17217
17218 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17219 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17220 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17221 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17222
17223 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17224 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17225 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17226 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17227 bindings.
17228
17229 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17230 use this command, and then save the file.
17231
17232 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17233
17234 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17235 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17236   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17237 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17238 each time the macro executes.
17239   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17240 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17241 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17242 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17243 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17244 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17245 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17246
17247 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17248
17249 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17250 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17251 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17252 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17253
17254 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17255 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17256 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17257 execute.
17258
17259 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17260 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17261
17262 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17263 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17264 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17265 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17266 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17267
17268 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17269 looked like this:
17270
17271     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17272     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17273     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17274
17275 You could enter the names in this format:
17276
17277     foo
17278     bar
17279     baz
17280
17281 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17282
17283     \\C-x (
17284        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17285     \\C-x )
17286
17287 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17288 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17289
17290 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17291  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17292
17293 ;;;***
17294 \f
17295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17296 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17298
17299 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17300 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17301 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17302 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17303 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17304 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17305
17306 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17307 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17308 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17309 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17310 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17311
17312 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17313 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17314 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17315 consing a string.)
17316
17317 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17320 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17321
17322 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17323
17324 ;;;***
17325 \f
17326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17327 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17329
17330 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17331 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17332
17333 \(fn)" nil nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17336
17337
17338 \(fn)" nil nil)
17339
17340 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17341 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17342
17343 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17344
17345 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17346 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17347 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17348 message.
17349
17350 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17351
17352 \(fn)" nil nil)
17353
17354 ;;;***
17355 \f
17356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17357 ;;;;;;  893295 0))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17359
17360 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17361 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17362 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17363 often correct parser.")
17364
17365 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17366
17367 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17368 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17369 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17370 a value which excludes your own email address.
17371
17372 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17373 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17374
17375 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17376
17377 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17378 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17379
17380 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17381
17382 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17383 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17384 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17385 we return it unconverted.
17386
17387 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17388 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17389
17390 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17391
17392 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17393 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17394 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17395 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17396
17397 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17398
17399 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17400 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17401 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17402 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17403
17404 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17405
17406 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17407 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17408 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17409 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17410 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17411 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17412 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17413 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17414 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17415 as Rmail does.
17416
17417 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17420 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17421 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17422 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17423 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17424 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17425 matches may be returned from the message body.
17426
17427 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17428
17429 ;;;***
17430 \f
17431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17432 ;;;;;;  240216 0))
17433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17434
17435 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17436 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17437 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17440 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17441
17442 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17443
17444 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17445 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17446 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17447 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17448 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17449
17450 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17451 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17452 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17453 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17454
17455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17458 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17459
17460 \(fn)" nil nil)
17461
17462 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17463 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17464 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17465
17466 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17467
17468 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17469 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17470 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17471
17472 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17473 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17474 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17475 double-quotes.
17476
17477 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17478
17479 ;;;***
17480 \f
17481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17482 ;;;;;;  362767 0))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17484
17485 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17486 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17487 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17488         king@grassland.com
17489 If `parens', they look like:
17490         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17491 If `angles', they look like:
17492         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17493
17494 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17495
17496 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17497 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17498 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17499 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17500 their `Resent-' variants.
17501
17502 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17503 removed from alias expansions.
17504
17505 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17508 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17509 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17510
17511 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17512 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17513 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17514 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17515
17516 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17517
17518 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17519 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17520 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17521
17522 \(fn)" nil nil)
17523
17524 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17525 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17526 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17527 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17528
17529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17530
17531 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17532
17533 ;;;***
17534 \f
17535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17536 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
17537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17538
17539 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17540 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17541 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17542 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17543
17544 \(fn)" nil nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17549 ;;;;;;  16196 967284 0))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17551
17552 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17553 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17554
17555 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17556 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17557 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17558 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17559 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17560 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17561
17562 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17563 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17564 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17565 dependency, despite the colon.
17566
17567 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17568
17569 In the browser, use the following keys:
17570
17571 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17572
17573 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17574
17575 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17576     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17577
17578 `makefile-target-colon':
17579     The string that gets appended to all target names
17580     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17581     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17582
17583 `makefile-macro-assign':
17584    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17585    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17586    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17587    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17588    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17589    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17590
17591 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17592    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17593    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17594
17595 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17596    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17597
17598 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17599    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17600    up or down in the browser.
17601
17602 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17603    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17604
17605 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17606    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17607
17608 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17609    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17610    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17611    has been selected in the browser.
17612
17613 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17614    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17615    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17616    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17617    filenames are omitted.
17618
17619 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17620    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17621    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17622    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17623    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17624    the backslash itself intact.
17625    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17626    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17627
17628 `makefile-browser-hook':
17629    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17630    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17631
17632 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17633    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17634    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17635    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17636
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17640 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17641
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17643
17644 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17645 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17646
17647 \(fn)" t nil)
17648
17649 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17650 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17651
17652 \(fn)" t nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17655 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17656
17657 \(fn)" t nil)
17658
17659 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17660 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17661
17662 \(fn)" t nil)
17663
17664 ;;;***
17665 \f
17666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17667 ;;;;;;  0))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17669
17670 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17671 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17672 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17673
17674 \(fn)" t nil)
17675
17676 ;;;***
17677 \f
17678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17680
17681 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17682
17683 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17684 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17685 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17686 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17687 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17688 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17689 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17690 page, it will display immediately.
17691
17692 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17693 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17694 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17695
17696     cat(1)
17697     1 cat
17698
17699 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17700 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17701 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17702 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17703
17704     -a chmod
17705
17706 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17707 otherwise look like a page name.
17708
17709     /my/file/name.1.gz
17710     -l somefile.1
17711
17712 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17713 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17714 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17715
17716     -k pattern
17717
17718 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17721 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17722
17723 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17726 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17727
17728 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17729
17730 ;;;***
17731 \f
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17734 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17735
17736 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17737 Toggle Master mode.
17738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17739 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17741
17742 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17743 using the following commands:
17744
17745 \\{master-mode-map}
17746
17747 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17748 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17749 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17750
17751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17752
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17756 ;;;;;;  0))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17758
17759 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17760 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17761 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17764 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17765
17766 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17767
17768 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17769 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17771 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17772 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17773
17774 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17775 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17776 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17777 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17780
17781 ;;;***
17782 \f
17783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17785 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17786
17787 ;;;***
17788 \f
17789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21048 11307 937592
17790 ;;;;;;  0))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17792
17793 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17796 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17797 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17798 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17799 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17800 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17801          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17802          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17803          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17804          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17805          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17806          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17807          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17808          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17809          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17810          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17811          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17812          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17813          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17814          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17815 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17816 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17817 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17818 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17819 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17820 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17821 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17822 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17823 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17824 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17825 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17826 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17827 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17828 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17829 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17830 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17831 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17832 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17837 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17838 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17839 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17840 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17841
17842 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17843
17844 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17845 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17846
17847 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17848
17849 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17850 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17851
17852 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17853
17854 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17855 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17856
17857 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17860 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17861 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17862
17863 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17866 Cancel an article you posted.
17867 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17868
17869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17872 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17873 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17874 header line with the old Message-ID.
17875
17876 \(fn)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17879 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17880
17881 \(fn)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17884 Forward the current message via mail.
17885 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17886 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17887
17888 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17889
17890 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17891
17892
17893 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17896
17897
17898 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17899
17900 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17901 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17902
17903 \(fn)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17906 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17907
17908 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17911 Re-mail the current message.
17912 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17913 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17914 you.
17915
17916 \(fn)" t nil)
17917
17918 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17919 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17920
17921 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17924 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17925
17926 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17927
17928 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17929 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17930
17931 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17932
17933 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17934 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17935
17936 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17937
17938 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17939 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17940 Works by overstriking characters.
17941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17942 which specify the range to operate on.
17943
17944 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17945
17946 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17947 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17948 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17949 which specify the range to operate on.
17950
17951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17952
17953 ;;;***
17954 \f
17955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17956 ;;;;;;  62962 290468 0))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17958 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17959
17960 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17961 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17962
17963 \(fn)" t nil)
17964
17965 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17966 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17967
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17969
17970 ;;;***
17971 \f
17972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17973 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17975
17976 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17977 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17978 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17979
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17981
17982 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17983 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17984 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17985 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17988 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17989
17990 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17991
17992 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17993 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17996 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17997 means current).
17998 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17999 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18000
18001 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18002
18003 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18004 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18005 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18006 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18007 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18008 means current).
18009 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18010 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18011
18012 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18013
18014 ;;;***
18015 \f
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
18017 ;;;;;;  852000))
18018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18019
18020 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18021 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18022 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18023
18024 \(fn)" t nil)
18025
18026 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18027 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18028 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18029
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18031
18032 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18033 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18034
18035 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18036 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18037 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18038
18039 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18040 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18041
18042 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18043 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18044
18045 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18046
18047 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18048
18049 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18050 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18051 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18052 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18053 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18054 as `compose-mail'.
18055
18056 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18057 initial Subject field, respectively.
18058
18059 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18060 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18061 are strings.
18062
18063 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18064 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18065
18066 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18067
18068 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18069 Save draft and send message.
18070
18071 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18072 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18073 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18074 Mail Delivery*\".
18075
18076 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18077 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18078 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18079
18080 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18081 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18082 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18083 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18084 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18085 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18086
18087 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18088 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18089
18090 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18091 message and scan line.
18092
18093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18094
18095 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18096 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18097
18098 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18099 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18100 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18101 delete the draft message.
18102
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18104
18105 ;;;***
18106 \f
18107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18109 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18110
18111 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18112
18113 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18114
18115 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18116
18117 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18118 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18119
18120 \(fn)" t nil)
18121
18122 ;;;***
18123 \f
18124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18125 ;;;;;;  976036 0))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18127
18128 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18129 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18130 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18131
18132 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18133 the MH mail system.
18134
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136
18137 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18138 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18139 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18140
18141 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18142 the MH mail system.
18143
18144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18147 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18148
18149 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18150 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18151 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18152 separate command.
18153
18154 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18155 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18156 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18157 format.
18158
18159 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18160
18161 Ranges
18162 ======
18163 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18164 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18165 can be used in several ways.
18166
18167 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18168 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18169 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18170 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18171 page):
18172
18173 <num1>-<num2>
18174     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18175     The range must be nonempty.
18176
18177 <num>:N
18178 <num>:+N
18179 <num>:-N
18180     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18181     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18182     last.
18183
18184 first:N
18185 prev:N
18186 next:N
18187 last:N
18188     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18189
18190 all
18191     All of the messages.
18192
18193 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18194 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18195
18196 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18197 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18198 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18199
18200 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18201
18202 \(fn)" t nil)
18203
18204 ;;;***
18205 \f
18206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21058 47149 742317
18207 ;;;;;;  0))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18209
18210 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18211 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18212 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18213 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18214 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18215 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18216 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18217 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18218 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18219 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18220 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18221
18222 \(fn)" t nil)
18223
18224 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18225 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18226 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18227 to its second argument TM.
18228
18229 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18230
18231 ;;;***
18232 \f
18233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18234 ;;;;;;  584283 0))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18236
18237 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18238 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18239 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18242 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18243
18244 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18245
18246 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18247 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18249 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18250 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18251
18252 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18253 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18254 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18255 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18256 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18257 is modified to remove the default indication.
18258
18259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18260
18261 ;;;***
18262 \f
18263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18265
18266 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18267 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18268 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18269 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18270 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18271 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18272 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18273 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18274 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18275
18276 \(fn)" t nil)
18277
18278 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18279 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18280 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18281 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18282 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18283 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18284 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18285 The return value is always nil.
18286
18287 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
18292 ;;;;;;  0))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18294  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18295
18296 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18297 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18298
18299 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18300 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18301 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18302 next occurrence.
18303
18304 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18305 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18306 end of the search space).
18307
18308 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18309 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18310 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18311 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18312 should return the previous buffer to search.
18313
18314 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18315 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18316 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18317
18318 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18319 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18320 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18321 Isearch starts.")
18322
18323 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18324 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18325 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18326
18327 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18328 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18329 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18330
18331 \(fn)" nil nil)
18332
18333 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18334 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18335 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18336 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18337 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18338 whose names match the specified regexp.
18339
18340 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18343 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18344 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18345 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18346 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18347 whose names match the specified regexp.
18348
18349 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18350
18351 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18352 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18353 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18354 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18355 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18356 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18357 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18358
18359 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18360
18361 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18362 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18363 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18364 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18365 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18366 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18367 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18368
18369 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18374 ;;;;;;  1963 769129 0))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18376 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18377
18378 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18379 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18380
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18382
18383 ;;;***
18384 \f
18385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18386 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18388
18389 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18390 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18391
18392 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18397 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18399
18400 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18401 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18402
18403 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18406 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18407 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18408 the entire message.
18409 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18410
18411 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18416 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18418
18419 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18420 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18421 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18422 the entire message.
18423 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18424
18425 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18430 ;;;;;;  0))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18432
18433 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18434 Insert file contents of URL.
18435 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18436
18437 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18440 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18441
18442 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18443
18444 ;;;***
18445 \f
18446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18447 ;;;;;;  0))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18449
18450 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18451 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18452 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18453 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18454 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18455
18456 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18457
18458 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18459 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18460 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18461
18462 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18463
18464 ;;;***
18465 \f
18466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18468
18469 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18470 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18471
18472 \(fn)" nil nil)
18473
18474 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18475 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18476 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18477 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18478 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18479
18480 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18481 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18482 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18483 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18484 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18485 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18486
18487 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18488
18489 ;;;***
18490 \f
18491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18492 ;;;;;;  0))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18494
18495 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18496
18497
18498 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18499
18500 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18501
18502
18503 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18504
18505 ;;;***
18506 \f
18507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21042 58928 39127
18508 ;;;;;;  0))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18510
18511 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18512
18513
18514 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18515
18516 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18517
18518
18519 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18520
18521 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18522
18523
18524 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18525
18526 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18527
18528
18529 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18530
18531 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18532
18533
18534 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18535
18536 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18537
18538
18539 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18542
18543
18544 \(fn)" nil nil)
18545
18546 ;;;***
18547 \f
18548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18549 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18551
18552 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18553
18554 ;;;***
18555 \f
18556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18557 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
18558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18559
18560 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18561
18562 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18563 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18564 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18565 followed by the first character of the construct.
18566 \\<m2-mode-map>
18567   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18568   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18569   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18570   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18571   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18572   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18573   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18574   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18575   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18576   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18577   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18578   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18579   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18580   \\[m2-link] link
18581
18582    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18583    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18584    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18585
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18591 ;;;;;;  0))
18592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18593
18594 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18595 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18596
18597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18598
18599 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18600 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18601
18602 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18603
18604 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18605 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18606
18607 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18610 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18611
18612 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18613
18614 ;;;***
18615 \f
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18617 ;;;;;;  0))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18619
18620 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18621 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18622
18623 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18624 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18625 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18626
18627 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18628 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18629 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18630
18631 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18632 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18633
18634 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18635 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18636 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18637 hemisphere you're in.)
18638
18639 To test this function, evaluate:
18640     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18641
18642 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18643
18644 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18645 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18646
18647 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18648 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18649
18650 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18651 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18652 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18653
18654 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18655 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18656
18657 To test this function, evaluate:
18658     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18659
18660 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18661
18662 ;;;***
18663 \f
18664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21075 56234 349623 0))
18665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18666
18667 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18668 Main entry point for MPC.
18669
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
18675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18676
18677 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18678 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18679
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18681
18682 ;;;***
18683 \f
18684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18685 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18686
18687 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18688 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18689 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18692 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18693
18694 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18695
18696 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18697 Toggle Msb mode.
18698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18699 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18700 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18701
18702 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18703 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18704
18705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18706
18707 ;;;***
18708 \f
18709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18710 ;;;;;;  18859 893295 0))
18711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18712
18713 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display a list of all character sets.
18715
18716 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18717 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18718 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18719 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18720 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18721
18722 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18723 but still shows the full information.
18724
18725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18728 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18729 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18730
18731 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18732 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18733 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18734 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18735 meanings of these arguments.
18736
18737 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18738
18739 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18740 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18741
18742 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18746
18747 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18751
18752 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18753
18754 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18755 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18756
18757 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18758 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18759 in place of `..':
18760   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18761   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18762   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18763   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18764   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18765   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18766   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18767   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18768   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18769   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18770   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18771   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18772   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18773   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18774   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18775   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18776
18777 \(fn)" t nil)
18778
18779 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18781
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18783
18784 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18785 Display a list of all coding systems.
18786 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18787
18788 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18789 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18790
18791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18792
18793 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18794 Display a list of all coding categories.
18795
18796 \(fn)" nil nil)
18797
18798 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18799 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18800 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18801
18802 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18803
18804 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display information about FONTSET.
18806 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18807
18808 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18809
18810 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18811 Display a list of all fontsets.
18812 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18813 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18814 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18815
18816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18817
18818 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18819 Display information about all input methods.
18820
18821 \(fn)" t nil)
18822
18823 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18824 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18825
18826 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18827 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18828 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18829 system which uses fontsets).
18830
18831 \(fn)" t nil)
18832
18833 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18834 Show log of font listing and opening.
18835 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18836 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18837
18838 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18839
18840 ;;;***
18841 \f
18842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18843 ;;;;;;  31656 363459 0))
18844 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18845
18846 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18847 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18848
18849 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18850 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18851
18852 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18853 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18854
18855 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18858 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18859 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18860 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18861 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18862 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18863 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18864
18865 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18866 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18867 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18868 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18869 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18870 middle of a character in STR.
18871
18872 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18873 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18874
18875 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18876 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18877 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18878 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18879 defaults to \"...\".
18880
18881 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18882
18883 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18884 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18885
18886 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18887 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18888 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18889
18890 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18891 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18892 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18893
18894 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18895 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18896 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18897  are considered.
18898 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18899 longer than KEYSEQ.
18900 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18901
18902 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18903
18904 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18905 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18906 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18907 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18908 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18909 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18910 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18911  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18912  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18913 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18914  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18915
18916 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18917
18918 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18919 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18920
18921 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18922
18923 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18924 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18925
18926 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18927
18928 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18929 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18930
18931 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18932
18933 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18934 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18935
18936 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18937
18938 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18939 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18940 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18941 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18942 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18943
18944 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18945 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18946
18947 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18948 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18949 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18950 coding systems ordered by priority.
18951
18952 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18953
18954 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18955
18956 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18957 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18958 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18959 language environment LANG-ENV.
18960
18961 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18964 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18965 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18966 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18967 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18968 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18969
18970 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18971
18972 ;;;***
18973 \f
18974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18975 ;;;;;;  645978 0))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18977
18978 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18979 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18980
18981 \(fn)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18984 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18985
18986 \(fn)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18989 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18990
18991 \(fn)" t nil)
18992
18993 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18994 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18995
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18999 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19000
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19004 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19005
19006 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19009 Ping HOST.
19010 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19011 `ping-program-options'.
19012
19013 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19014
19015 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19016 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19017
19018 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19019
19020 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19021 Run nslookup program.
19022
19023 \(fn)" t nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19026 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19027
19028 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19029
19030 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19031 Run dig program.
19032
19033 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19036 Run ftp program.
19037
19038 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19041 Finger USER on HOST.
19042
19043 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19046 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19047 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19048 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
19049
19050 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19051
19052 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19053
19054
19055 \(fn)" t nil)
19056
19057 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19058 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19059
19060 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19061
19062 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19063 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19064
19065 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19066
19067 ;;;***
19068 \f
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19070 ;;;;;;  0))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19072
19073 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19074 Return a user name/password pair.
19075 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19076 listed in the PORTS list.
19077
19078 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19079
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21074
19083 ;;;;;;  35375 473679 0))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19085
19086 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19087 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19088 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19089 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19090 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19091 closes it.
19092
19093 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
19094  make it unique.
19095 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19096  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
19097  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19098 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19099 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19100  a port number to connect to.
19101
19102 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19103 values:
19104
19105 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19106   nil or `network'
19107              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19108                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19109                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19110                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
19111                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19112                 an unencrypted connection.
19113   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19114   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19115                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
19116                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19117                 returned object is a killed process.
19118   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
19119   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19120   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
19121
19122 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19123   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
19124   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19125   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19126    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19127    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19128                     or nil if none could be found.
19129    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19130             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19131
19132 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19133
19134 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19135   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19136   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19137
19138 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19139   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
19140   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19141
19142 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19143   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
19144   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19145
19146 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19147   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19148   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19149   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19150
19151 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19152   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19153
19154 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19155   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19156   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19157   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19158   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19159   or STARTTLS connections.
19160
19161 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19162 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19163
19164 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19165 a greeting from the server.
19166
19167 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19168   asynchronously, if possible.
19169
19170 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19171
19172 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19177 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19179
19180 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19181 Check whether newsticker is running.
19182 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19183 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19184
19185 \(fn)" nil nil)
19186
19187 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19188 Start the newsticker.
19189 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19190 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19191 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19192 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19193
19194 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19195
19196 ;;;***
19197 \f
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19199 ;;;;;;  (20992 52525 458637 0))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19201
19202 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19203 Start newsticker plainview.
19204
19205 \(fn)" t nil)
19206
19207 ;;;***
19208 \f
19209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (20709
19210 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19212
19213 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19214 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19215
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19217
19218 ;;;***
19219 \f
19220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19221 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19223
19224 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19225 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19226 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19227 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19228 empty.
19229
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19231
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19233 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19234 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19235 running already.
19236
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19238
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21040
19242 ;;;;;;  17194 398147 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19244
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19246 Start newsticker treeview.
19247
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19249
19250 ;;;***
19251 \f
19252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19253 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19255 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19256
19257 ;;;***
19258 \f
19259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19260 ;;;;;;  0))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19262
19263 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19264 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19265
19266 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19267
19268 ;;;***
19269 \f
19270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19271 ;;;;;;  0))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19273
19274 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19275 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19276 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19277 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19278 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19279 symbol in the alist.
19280
19281 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19282
19283 ;;;***
19284 \f
19285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19286 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19288
19289 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19290 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19291 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19292
19293 \(fn)" t nil)
19294
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19298 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19300 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19301
19302 ;;;***
19303 \f
19304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19308 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19309
19310 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19311
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19316
19317 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19318
19319 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19320 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19321 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19322
19323 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19324
19325
19326 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19327
19328 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19329 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19330 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19331 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19332 to future sessions.
19333
19334 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19335
19336 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19337 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19338 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19339 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19340 future sessions.
19341
19342 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19343
19344 ;;;***
19345 \f
19346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19347 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19349
19350 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19351 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19352 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19353 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19354 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19355 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19356
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19358
19359 ;;;***
19360 \f
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19363 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19364
19365 ;;;***
19366 \f
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19368 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19370
19371 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19372 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19373 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19374 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19375
19376 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19377
19378 ;;;***
19379 \f
19380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21075 56234
19381 ;;;;;;  349623 0))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19383
19384 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19385 Major mode for editing XML.
19386
19387 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19388 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19389 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19390 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19391 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19392 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19393 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19394
19395 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19396
19397 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19398 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19399
19400 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19401 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19402 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19403 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19404 instead of C-c.
19405
19406 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19407 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19408 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19409 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19410 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19411 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19412
19413 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19414 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19415 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19416
19417 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19418 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19419 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19420
19421 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19422 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19423 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19424 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19425 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19426 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19427 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19428 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19429 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19430
19431 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19432
19433 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19434 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19435
19436 \(fn)" t nil)
19437
19438 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19439
19440 ;;;***
19441 \f
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19443 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19445
19446 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19447 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19448 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19449 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19450
19451 \(fn)" t nil)
19452
19453 ;;;***
19454 \f
19455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21098 17703
19456 ;;;;;;  588969 0))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19458
19459 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19460 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19461
19462 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19463 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface
19464 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function
19465 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19466
19467 \(fn)" t nil)
19468
19469 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19470 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19471 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19472
19473 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19474
19475 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19476 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19477
19478 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19479 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19480 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19481
19482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19483
19484 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19485
19486 ;;;***
19487 \f
19488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19489 ;;;;;;  723007 0))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19491
19492 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19493
19494 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19495 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19496 \\[opascal-find-unit]   - Search for a OPascal source file.
19497 \\[opascal-fill-comment]        - Fill the current comment.
19498 \\[opascal-new-comment-line]    - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19499
19500 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19501
19502 Customization:
19503
19504  `opascal-indent-level'                (default 3)
19505     Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19506  `opascal-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
19507     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19508  `opascal-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
19509     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19510  `opascal-tab-always-indents'          (default `tab-always-indents')
19511     Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19512     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19513  `opascal-search-path'                 (default .)
19514     Directories to search when finding external units.
19515  `opascal-verbose'                     (default nil)
19516     If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19517
19518 Coloring:
19519
19520  `opascal-keyword-face'                (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19521     Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19522
19523 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19524 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19525
19526 \(fn)" t nil)
19527
19528 ;;;***
19529 \f
19530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19532
19533 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19534 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19535
19536 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19537
19538 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19539 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19540 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19541 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19542 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19543
19544 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19545
19546 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19547 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19548
19549 \(fn)" nil nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19552 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19553
19554 \(fn)" nil nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19557 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19558 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19559
19560 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19561 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19562 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19563 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19564 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19565 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19566 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19567 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19568 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19569 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19570
19571 The following commands are available:
19572
19573 \\{org-mode-map}
19574
19575 \(fn)" t nil)
19576
19577 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19578 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19579
19580 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key.  Its main purpose
19581 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19582 in special contexts.
19583
19584 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19585   buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19586   1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19587   2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19588   3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19589   When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19590   determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19591   properties in the buffer.
19592   When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19593   including any drawers.
19594
19595 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19596
19597 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19598   by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19599   1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19600   2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19601                From this state, you can move to one of the children
19602                and zoom in further.
19603   3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19604   If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19605
19606 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19607   `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19608   of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels.  This
19609   speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19610   times right after creating a new headline.
19611
19612 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19613   a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19614   is negative, go up that many levels.
19615
19616 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19617   binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line.  See the option
19618   `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19619
19620 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19621   no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19622   (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19623   But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19624
19625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19626
19627 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19628 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19629 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19630 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19631
19632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19633
19634 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19635 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19636 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19637 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19638 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19639 defined by Org-mode).
19640
19641 M-up        Move entry/item up
19642 M-down      Move entry/item down
19643 M-left      Promote
19644 M-right     Demote
19645 M-S-up      Move entry/item up
19646 M-S-down    Move entry/item down
19647 M-S-left    Promote subtree
19648 M-S-right   Demote subtree
19649 M-q         Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19650 C-c ^       Sort entries
19651 C-c -       Cycle list bullet
19652 TAB         Cycle item visibility
19653 M-RET       Insert new heading/item
19654 S-M-RET     Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19655 C-c C-c     Set tags / toggle checkbox
19656
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19660 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19661
19662 \(fn)" nil nil)
19663
19664 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19665 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19666
19667 \(fn)" nil nil)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19670 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19671 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19672 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19673 call CMD.
19674
19675 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19676
19677 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19678 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19679 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19680 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19681
19682 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19683 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19684 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19685
19686 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19687
19688 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19689 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19690 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19691
19692 \(fn)" t nil)
19693
19694 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19695 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19696 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19697 Org-mode syntax.
19698
19699 \(fn)" t nil)
19700
19701 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19702 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19703
19704 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19707 Switch between Org buffers.
19708 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19709 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19710
19711 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19712 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19713
19714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19715
19716 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19717
19718 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19719
19720 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19721 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19722 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19723 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19724
19725 \(fn)" t nil)
19726
19727 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19728 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19729
19730 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19731
19732 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19733 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19734 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19735
19736 \(fn)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19739 Reload all org lisp files.
19740 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19741
19742 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19743
19744 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19745 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19746
19747 \(fn)" t nil)
19748
19749 ;;;***
19750 \f
19751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20847 51240
19752 ;;;;;;  240216 0))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19756 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19757
19758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19759
19760 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19761 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19762 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19763 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19764
19765 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19766 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19767 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19768       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19769 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19770       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19771 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19772 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19773 e     Export views to associated files.
19774 s     Search entries for keywords.
19775 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19776 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19777       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19778 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19779       Press several times to get the desired effect.
19780 >     Remove a previous restriction.
19781 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
19782 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19783 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
19784
19785 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19786 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19787 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19788
19789 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19790 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19791 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19792 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19793 \(if active).
19794
19795 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19798 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19799 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19800 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19801 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19802 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19803 before running the agenda command.
19804
19805 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19806
19807 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19808 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19809 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19810 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19811 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19812 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19813 before running the agenda command.
19814
19815 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
19816 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19817
19818 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19819
19820 category     The category of the item
19821 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19822 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
19823                 todo               selected in TODO match
19824                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
19825                 diary              imported from diary
19826                 deadline           a deadline on given date
19827                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
19828                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
19829                 closed             entry was closed on given date
19830                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
19831                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
19832                 block              entry has date block including g. date
19833 todo         The todo keyword, if any
19834 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19835 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19836 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
19837 extra        Sting with extra planning info
19838 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
19839 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
19840 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
19841
19842 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19845
19846
19847 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19850 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19851
19852 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19855 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19856 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19857 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19858
19859 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19860 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19861 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19862
19863 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19864 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19865
19866 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19869 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19870
19871 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19872 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19873 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19874 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19875 EDIT-AT.
19876
19877 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19878 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19879 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
19880 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19881 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19882 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
19883
19884 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19885 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19886 including newlines.
19887
19888 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19889 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19890 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
19891 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
19892 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19893 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19894 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19895
19896 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19897 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19898 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19899 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19900
19901 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19902 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19903   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19904   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19905 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19906   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19907   Boolean search must match as full words.
19908
19909 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19910 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19911
19912 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19915 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19916 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19917 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19918 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19919 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19920
19921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19922
19923 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19924 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19925 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19926
19927 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19928
19929 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19930 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19931 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
19932 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19933 `org-stuck-projects'.
19934
19935 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19936
19937 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19938 Return diary information from org files.
19939 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19940 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19941 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19942 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19943 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19944
19945 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19946
19947    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19948
19949 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
19950 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19951
19952    &%%(org-diary)
19953
19954 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19955 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19956 So the example above may also be written as
19957
19958    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19959
19960 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19961 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
19962 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19963
19964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19965
19966 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19967 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19968 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19969
19970 \(fn)" t nil)
19971
19972 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19973 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19974 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19975 appointments.
19976
19977 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19978 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19979
19980 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19981 for filtering entries out.
19982
19983 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19984 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
19985 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19986
19987 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19988 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
19989
19990   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19991     (category \"Work\"))
19992
19993 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19994 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19995
19996 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19997 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19998 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19999 details and examples.
20000
20001 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20002 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20003
20004 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20005
20006 ;;;***
20007 \f
20008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-beamer" "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818
20009 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20011
20012 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20013 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20014 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20015 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20016 The return value is a cons cell.  The car is the headline text, usually
20017 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20018 text.  The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20019 in org-export-latex-classes.
20020
20021 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20022
20023 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20024 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20025
20026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20027
20028 ;;;***
20029 \f
20030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723 59703
20031 ;;;;;;  12265 0))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20035
20036
20037 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20038
20039 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20040 Capture something.
20041 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20042 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20043 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
20044 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20045 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20046 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20047
20048 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20049 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20050 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20051 stored.
20052
20053 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20054
20055 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20056 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
20057 will be bypassed.
20058
20059 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20060 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20061
20062 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20063
20064 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20065 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20066
20067 \(fn)" t nil)
20068
20069 ;;;***
20070 \f
20071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20072 ;;;;;;  410005 0))
20073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20074
20075 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20076 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20077 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20078
20079 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20080
20081 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20082 Write the column view table.
20083 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20084
20085 :width    enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20086 :id       the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20087           should be built.  When the symbol `local', call locally.
20088           When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20089           of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20090           to column view).  When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20091           view at the start of that file.  Otherwise, the ID is located
20092           using `org-id-find'.
20093 :hlines   When t, insert a hline before each item.  When a number, insert
20094           a hline before each level <= that number.
20095 :vlines   When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20096 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20097 :skip-empty-rows
20098           When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20099 :format   When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20100
20101 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20102
20103 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20104 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20105
20106 \(fn)" t nil)
20107
20108 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20109 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20110
20111 \(fn)" t nil)
20112
20113 ;;;***
20114 \f
20115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (20723 59703
20116 ;;;;;;  12265 0))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20118
20119 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20120 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20121
20122 \(fn)" nil t)
20123
20124 ;;;***
20125 \f
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (20783 15545
20127 ;;;;;;  430927 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20129
20130 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20131 The release version of org-mode.
20132   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20133
20134 \(fn)" nil nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20137 The Git version of org-mode.
20138   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20139
20140 \(fn)" nil nil)
20141
20142 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20143 The location of ODT styles.")
20144
20145 ;;;***
20146 \f
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20148 ;;;;;;  0))
20149 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20150 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20151 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20152
20153 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20154 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20155 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20156 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20157
20158 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20159 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
20160 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20161 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20162
20163 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20164 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
20165 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
20166 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
20167 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
20168 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
20169
20170 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
20171 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
20172 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20173
20174 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20175 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20176 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20177 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20178 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
20179                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20180                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20181 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
20182 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
20183 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20184                      The subheadings remain visible.
20185 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20186
20187 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20188 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20189 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20190
20191 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20192 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20193
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20195
20196 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20197 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20199 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20201
20202 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20203
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20205 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20206
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21104 56491
20210 ;;;;;;  538513 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20212 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20213
20214 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20215 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20216 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20217 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
20218 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20219
20220 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20221 activate the package system at any time.")
20222
20223 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20224
20225 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20226 Install the package PKG.
20227 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20228 in an archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for its name.
20229
20230 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20231
20232 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20233 Install a package from the current buffer.
20234 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20235 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20236 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20237
20238 \(fn)" t nil)
20239
20240 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20241 Install a package from a file.
20242 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20243
20244 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20245
20246 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20247 Import keys from FILE.
20248
20249 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20250
20251 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20252 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20253 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20254 makes them available for download.
20255
20256 \(fn)" t nil)
20257
20258 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20259 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20260 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20261 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20262
20263 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20264
20265 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20266 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20267
20268 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20269
20270 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20271 Display a list of packages.
20272 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20273 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20274 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20275
20276 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20277
20278 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20279
20280 ;;;***
20281 \f
20282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20284
20285 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20286 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20287 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20290 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20291
20292 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20293
20294 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20295 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20297 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20299
20300 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
20301 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20302 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20303
20304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20309 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20311 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20312
20313 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20314 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20315 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20316 unknown are returned as nil.
20317
20318 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20319
20320 ;;;***
20321 \f
20322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20323 ;;;;;;  549931 0))
20324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20325
20326 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20327 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20328 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20329
20330 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20331 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20332
20333 Other useful functions are:
20334
20335 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
20336 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20337 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20338 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20339 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20340 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20341 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20342 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20343 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20344
20345 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20346
20347  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20348     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20349  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20350     Indentation for case statements.
20351  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20352     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20353     mark after an end.
20354  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20355     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20356  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20357     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20358     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20359  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20360     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20361     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20362  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20363     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20364
20365 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20366 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20367
20368 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20369 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20370
20371 \(fn)" t nil)
20372
20373 ;;;***
20374 \f
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20376 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20378
20379 (defvar password-cache t "\
20380 Whether to cache passwords.")
20381
20382 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20383
20384 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20385 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20386 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20387
20388 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20389
20390 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20391 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20392
20393 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20394
20395 ;;;***
20396 \f
20397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20398 ;;;;;;  363459 0))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20400
20401 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20402 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20403 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20404
20405 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20406   _             matches anything.
20407   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20408   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20409   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
20410   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20411   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20412   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20413   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20414   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20415 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20416 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20417
20418 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20419   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20420   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20421   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20422   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20423 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20424
20425 PRED can take the form
20426   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
20427   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20428                         which is the value being matched.
20429 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20430 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20431 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20432 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20433 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20434
20435 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20436
20437 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20438
20439 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20440 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20441 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20442 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20443
20444 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20445
20446 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20447
20448 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20449 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20450 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20451 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20452
20453 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20454
20455 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20456
20457 ;;;***
20458 \f
20459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20460 ;;;;;;  0))
20461 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20462
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20464 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20471 ;;;;;;  0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20475 Completion for `gzip'.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20480 Completion for `bzip2'.
20481
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20485 Completion for GNU `make'.
20486
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488
20489 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20490 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20491
20492 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493
20494 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20495
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20499 ;;;;;;  912957 506000))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20503 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20508 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20509
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20513 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20514
20515 \(fn)" nil nil)
20516
20517 ;;;***
20518 \f
20519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20520 ;;;;;;  0))
20521 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20522
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20524 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20525
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527
20528 ;;;***
20529 \f
20530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20531 ;;;;;;  0))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20533
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20535 Completion for `cd'.
20536
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20542 Completion for `rmdir'.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20547 Completion for `rm'.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20552 Completion for `xargs'.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20557
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20559 Completion for `which'.
20560
20561 \(fn)" nil nil)
20562
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20564 Completion for the `chown' command.
20565
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20567
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20569 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20570
20571 \(fn)" nil nil)
20572
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20574 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20575
20576 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20579 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20580 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20581
20582 \(fn)" nil nil)
20583
20584 ;;;***
20585 \f
20586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (20837 15398 184639
20587 ;;;;;;  0))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20589
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20591 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20592
20593 \(fn)" nil nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20596 Completion for the `ack' command.
20597 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20598 long options.
20599
20600 \(fn)" nil nil)
20601
20602 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20607 ;;;;;;  0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20611 Support extensible programmable completion.
20612 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20613 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20614
20615 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20618 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20619
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20623 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20624 This will modify the current buffer.
20625
20626 \(fn)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20629 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20630
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20634 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20635 This will modify the current buffer.
20636
20637 \(fn)" t nil)
20638
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20640 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20641
20642 \(fn)" t nil)
20643
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20645 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20646
20647 \(fn)" t nil)
20648
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20650 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20651 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20652 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20653 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20654
20655 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20656
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20658 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20659
20660 \(fn)" nil nil)
20661
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20666
20667 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20668 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20669 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20670 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20671
20672 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20673
20674 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20675
20676 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20677 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20678 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20679 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20680   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20681 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20682 FLAGS is ignored.
20683
20684 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20685
20686 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20687 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20688 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20689 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20690 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20691 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20692   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20693 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20694
20695 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20696
20697 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20698 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20699 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20700 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20701 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20702   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20703 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20704   passed to cvs.
20705
20706 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20707
20708 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20709 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20710 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20711 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20712 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20713   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20714 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20715
20716 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20717
20718 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20719 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20720 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20721
20722 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20723
20724 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20725 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20726 A value of nil means never do it.
20727 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20728   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20729 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20730
20731 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20732
20733 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20734 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20735 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20736
20737 ;;;***
20738 \f
20739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21075 56234
20740 ;;;;;;  349623 0))
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20742
20743 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20744 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20745
20746 ;;;***
20747 \f
20748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21075
20749 ;;;;;;  56234 349623 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20751 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20752 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20753 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20754 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20755 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757
20758 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20759 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20760 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20761 Tab indents for Perl code.
20762 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20763 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20764 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20765 \\{perl-mode-map}
20766 Variables controlling indentation style:
20767  `perl-tab-always-indent'
20768     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20769     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20770  `perl-tab-to-comment'
20771     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20772     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20773     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20774  `perl-nochange'
20775     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20776  `perl-indent-level'
20777     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20778     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20779     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20780  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20781     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20782     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20783  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20784     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20785     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20786  `perl-brace-offset'
20787     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20788  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20789     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20790     this far to the right of the start of its line.
20791  `perl-label-offset'
20792     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20793  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20794     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20795
20796 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20797   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20798   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20799   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20800   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20801   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20802   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20803
20804 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20805
20806 \(fn)" t nil)
20807
20808 ;;;***
20809 \f
20810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20811 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20813
20814 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20815 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20816 \\<picture-mode-map>
20817 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20818 afterwards settable by these commands:
20819
20820  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20821  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20822  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20823  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20824
20825  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20826  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20827  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20828  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20829
20830  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20831  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20832  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20833  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20834
20835 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20836 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20837 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20838 with these commands:
20839
20840  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20841  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20842  Move to column following last
20843   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20844  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20845  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20846  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20847  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20848  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20849
20850 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20851
20852  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20853   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20854  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20855  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20856    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20857  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20858
20859 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20860  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20861  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
20862  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20863  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20864   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20865  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20866
20867 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20868   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20869   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20870   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20871   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20872   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20873   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20874   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
20875
20876 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20877 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20878 by supplying an argument.
20879
20880 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20881
20882 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20883 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20884
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20886
20887 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20888
20889 ;;;***
20890 \f
20891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20892 ;;;;;;  0))
20893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20894
20895 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20896 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20897
20898 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20899
20900 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20901 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20902
20903 \(fn)" t nil)
20904
20905 ;;;***
20906 \f
20907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20909
20910 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20911 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20912 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20913
20914 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20915
20916 ;;;***
20917 \f
20918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20920
20921 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20922 Play pong and waste time.
20923 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20924 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20925
20926 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20927
20928 \\{pong-mode-map}
20929
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20931
20932 ;;;***
20933 \f
20934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20936
20937 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20938 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20939 Use streaming commands.
20940
20941 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20942
20943 ;;;***
20944 \f
20945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20946 ;;;;;;  0))
20947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20948
20949 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20950 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20951 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
20952 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20953
20954 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20955
20956 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20957 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20958
20959 \(fn)" nil nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20962 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20963 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20964 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20965 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20966
20967 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20968
20969 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20970 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20971 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20972
20973 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20976 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20977
20978 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20981 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20982 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20983 Ignores leading comment characters.
20984
20985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20988 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20989 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20990 Ignores leading comment characters.
20991
20992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20993
20994 ;;;***
20995 \f
20996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21032 23080 765139
20997 ;;;;;;  0))
20998 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20999 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21002 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21003
21004 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21005
21006 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21007
21008 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21011 Preview directory using ghostview.
21012
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21014 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21015 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21016 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21017
21018 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21019 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21020 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21021 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21022 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21023 file name.
21024
21025 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21026
21027 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21030 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21031
21032 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21033 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21034 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21035 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21036
21037 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21038 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21039 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21040 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21041 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21042 file name.
21043
21044 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21045
21046 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21049 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21050
21051 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21052 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21053 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21054 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21055
21056 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21057 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21058 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21059 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21060 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21061 file name.
21062
21063 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21064
21065 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066
21067 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21068 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21069
21070 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21071
21072 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21073 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21074 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21075 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21076
21077 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21078 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21079 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21080 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21081 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21082 file name.
21083
21084 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21085
21086 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21089 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21090
21091 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21092 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21093 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21094
21095 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21096 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21097 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21098 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21099
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21103 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21104
21105 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21106 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21107 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21108
21109 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21110 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21111 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21112 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21113
21114 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21117 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21118
21119 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21120 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21121 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21122
21123 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21124 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21125 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21126 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21127
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21131 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21132
21133 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21134
21135 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21136 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21137 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21138
21139 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21140 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21141 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21142 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21143
21144 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21147 Preview region using ghostview.
21148
21149 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21150
21151 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21154 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21155
21156 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21157
21158 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21161 Print region using PostScript printer.
21162
21163 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21164
21165 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21168 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21169
21170 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21171
21172 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21175 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21176
21177 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21178
21179 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21182 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21183
21184 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21185
21186 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21189 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21190
21191 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21192
21193 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194
21195 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21196 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21197
21198 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21199
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21203 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21204 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21205 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21206
21207 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21208 matching.
21209
21210 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21211 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21212
21213 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21214
21215 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21216
21217 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21218 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21219 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21220 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21221
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21232 Print directory using text printer.
21233
21234 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21235 matching.
21236
21237 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21238 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21239
21240 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21241
21242 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21245 Print buffer using text printer.
21246
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21250 Print region using text printer.
21251
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21255 Print major mode using text printer.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21260 Preview spooled PostScript.
21261
21262 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21263 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21264 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21265
21266 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21267 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21268 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21269
21270 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21273 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21274
21275 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21276 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21277 instead of sending it to the printer.
21278
21279 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21280 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21281 image in a file with that name.
21282
21283 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21286 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21287
21288 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21289 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21290 instead of sending it to the printer.
21291
21292 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21293 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21294 image in a file with that name.
21295
21296 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21299 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21300
21301 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21302 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21303 instead of sending it to the printer.
21304
21305 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21306 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21307 image in a file with that name.
21308
21309 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21312 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21313
21314 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21318
21319 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21322 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21323
21324 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21327 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21328
21329 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21332 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21333
21334 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21337 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21338
21339 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21340 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21341 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21342 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21343
21344 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21345 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21346 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21347 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21348 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21349 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21350 file name.
21351
21352 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21355 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21360 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21361
21362 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21363 right.
21364 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21365 bottom.
21366
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21370 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21371
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21375 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21376
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21380 Toggle printing with faces.
21381
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21385 Toggle spooling.
21386
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21390 Toggle duplex.
21391
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21395 Toggle tumble.
21396
21397 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21398 right.
21399 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21400 bottom.
21401
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21405 Toggle landscape.
21406
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21410 Toggle upside-down.
21411
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21413
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21415 Toggle line number.
21416
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21420 Toggle zebra stripes.
21421
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21425 Toggle printing header.
21426
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21430 Toggle printing header frame.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21435 Toggle menu lock.
21436
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21440 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21441
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21445 Toggle auto mode.
21446
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21448
21449 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21450 Customization of the `printing' group.
21451
21452 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21455 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21456
21457 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21460 Help for the printing package.
21461
21462 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21463
21464 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21465 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21466
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21470 Interactively select a text printer.
21471
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21475 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21476
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21478
21479 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21480 Show current ps-print settings.
21481
21482 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21483
21484 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21485 Show current printing settings.
21486
21487 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21488
21489 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21490 Show current lpr settings.
21491
21492 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21495 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21496
21497 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21498 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21499 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21500 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21501
21502
21503 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21504
21505    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21506       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21507       immediately be done using the current active printer.
21508
21509    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21510    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21511       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21512       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21513       current active printer.
21514
21515    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21516       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21517       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21518       printer.
21519
21520    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21521       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21522       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21523       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21524       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21525
21526
21527 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21528 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21529
21530    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21531
21532    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21533    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21534    be done using the new current active printer.
21535
21536    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21537    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21538    printer.
21539
21540    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21541    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21542    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21543    instead of sending it to the printer.
21544
21545    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21546    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21547    printer.
21548
21549    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21550
21551
21552 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21553 are both set to t.
21554
21555 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21556
21557 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21558 Fast fire function for text printing.
21559
21560 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21561 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21562 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21563 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21564
21565 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21566 user for a new active text printer.
21567
21568 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21569
21570    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21571
21572    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21573    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21574    printer.
21575
21576    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21577
21578 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21579 are both set to t.
21580
21581 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21582
21583 ;;;***
21584 \f
21585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21586 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21587
21588 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21589 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21590 \\<proced-mode-map>
21591 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21592 the process information.
21593
21594 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21595
21596 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21597 Proced buffers.
21598
21599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21600
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21077 11573 151993
21604 ;;;;;;  0))
21605 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21606
21607 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21608 Start/restart profilers.
21609 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21610 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21611 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21612
21613 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21616 Open profile FILENAME.
21617
21618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21621 Open profile FILENAME.
21622
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21626 Open profile FILENAME.
21627
21628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21629
21630 ;;;***
21631 \f
21632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21099 38568
21633 ;;;;;;  469572 0))
21634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21635
21636 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21637 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21638
21639 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
21640 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21641
21642 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21643
21644 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21645 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21646
21647 Commands:
21648 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21649 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21650 if that value is non-nil.
21651
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21653
21654 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21655 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21656 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21657
21658 \(fn)" t nil)
21659
21660 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21661 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21662 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21663
21664 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21665
21666 ;;;***
21667 \f
21668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21670
21671 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21672 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21673 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21674
21675 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21676
21677 ;;;***
21678 \f
21679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21680 ;;;;;;  848428 0))
21681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21682 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21683
21684 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21685 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21686
21687 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21688
21689 The following variables hold user options, and can
21690 be set through the `customize' command:
21691
21692   `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21693   `ps-mode-tab'
21694   `ps-mode-paper-size'
21695   `ps-mode-print-function'
21696   `ps-run-prompt'
21697   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21698   `ps-run-x'
21699   `ps-run-dumb'
21700   `ps-run-init'
21701   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21702   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21703
21704 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21705
21706
21707 \\{ps-mode-map}
21708
21709
21710 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21711 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21712 The keymap for this second window is:
21713
21714 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21715
21716
21717 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21718 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21719 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21720 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21721 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21722
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21724
21725 ;;;***
21726 \f
21727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21105 26139 752484
21728 ;;;;;;  0))
21729 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21730 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21731
21732 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21733 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21734 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21735
21736 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21737
21738 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21739 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21740 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21741 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21742
21743 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21744
21745 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21746 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21747
21748 Valid values are:
21749
21750    nil          Do not print colors.
21751
21752    t            Print colors.
21753
21754    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
21755                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21756
21757 Any other value is treated as t.")
21758
21759 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21760
21761 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21762 Customization of ps-print group.
21763
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21768
21769 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21770 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21771 sending it to the printer.
21772
21773 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21774 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21775 image in a file with that name.
21776
21777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21780 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21781 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21782 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21783 so it has a way to determine color values.
21784
21785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21786
21787 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21788 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21789 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21790
21791 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21792
21793 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21794 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21795 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21796 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21797 so it has a way to determine color values.
21798
21799 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21802 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21803 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21804 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21805
21806 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21807
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21809
21810 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21811 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21812 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21813 information in the generated image.  This command works only if you are using
21814 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21815
21816 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21817
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21819
21820 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21821 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21822 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21823
21824 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21825
21826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21827
21828 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21829 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21830 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21831 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21832 so it has a way to determine color values.
21833
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21835
21836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21837
21838 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21839 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21840
21841 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21842 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21843 instead of sending it to the printer.
21844
21845 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21846 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21847 image in a file with that name.
21848
21849 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21852 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21853 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21854 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21855 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21856
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21860 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21861 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21862
21863 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21864
21865 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21866 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21867 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21868
21869 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21872 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21873
21874 \(fn)" nil nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21877 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21878
21879 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21880 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21881
21882 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21883 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21884
21885 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21886
21887 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21888
21889 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21892 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21893
21894 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21895 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21896
21897 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21898 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21899
21900 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21901
21902    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21903
21904 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21905
21906 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21907 foreground and background colors respectively.
21908
21909 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21910    bold      - use bold font.
21911    italic    - use italic font.
21912    underline - put a line under text.
21913    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21914    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21915    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21916    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21917    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21918
21919 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21920
21921 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21922
21923 ;;;***
21924 \f
21925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21106 11815 370918
21926 ;;;;;;  0))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21928 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21104 56491
21933 ;;;;;;  538513 0))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21935 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21936
21937 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21938
21939 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21940
21941 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21942 Run an inferior Python process.
21943 Input and output via buffer named after
21944 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
21945 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21946
21947 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21948 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21949 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
21950 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21951
21952 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21953 `comint-mode-hook' is run).  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21954 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21955
21956 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21957
21958 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21959 Major mode for editing Python files.
21960
21961 \\{python-mode-map}
21962 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21963 if that value is non-nil.
21964
21965 \(fn)" t nil)
21966
21967 ;;;***
21968 \f
21969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21971
21972 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21973 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21974 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21975 coding-system.
21976
21977 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21978 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21979
21980 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21981 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
21982 them into characters should be done separately.
21983
21984 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21985
21986 ;;;***
21987 \f
21988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21061 23341
21989 ;;;;;;  46416 0))
21990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21991
21992 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21993 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21994
21995 \(fn)" nil nil)
21996
21997 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21998 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21999 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22000
22001 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22002 `quail-activate', which see.
22003
22004 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22005
22006 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22007 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22008 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22009 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22010  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22011  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22012  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22013
22014 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22015 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22016  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22017 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
22018  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22019  shown.
22020 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22021
22022 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
22023 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22024 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
22025 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22026 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22027 list of candidates.
22028
22029 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22030 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22031 command to be called.
22032
22033 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22034 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
22035 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22036 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22037
22038 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22039 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22040 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
22041 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22042 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22043 to t.
22044
22045 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22046 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
22047 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22048 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22049
22050 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22051 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22052 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22053 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22054
22055 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
22056 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22057 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22058 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22059 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22060 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22061
22062 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22063 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
22064 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22065 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
22066 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
22067 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22068
22069 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22070 covers Quail translation region.
22071
22072 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22073 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
22074 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22075 for it) is inserted.
22076
22077 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22078 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
22079 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22080
22081 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22082 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22083 non-Quail commands.
22084
22085 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22088 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22089
22090 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22091 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22092 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
22093 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22094 you type is correctly handled.
22095
22096 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22097
22098 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22099 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22100
22101 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22102 keyboard type.
22103
22104 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22105
22106 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22107 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22108 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22109 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22110 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22111 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22112 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22113 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22114   for the translation.
22115 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22116
22117 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22118  it is used to handle KEY.
22119
22120 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22121 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22122 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
22123 the following annotation types are supported.
22124
22125   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22126         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22127
22128   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22129         candidate list.
22130
22131   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22132         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
22133         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22134         inserted.
22135
22136   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22137         generated for the following translations.
22138
22139 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22140
22141 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22142 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22143
22144 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22145 which to install MAP.
22146
22147 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22148
22149 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22150
22151 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22152 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22153
22154 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22155 which to install MAP.
22156
22157 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22158
22159 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22160
22161 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22162 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22163 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22164 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22165  a function, or a cons.
22166 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22167 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22168 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22169  for the translation.
22170 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22171  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22172  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
22173  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22174 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22175
22176 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22177  it is used to handle KEY.
22178
22179 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22180 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
22181 current Quail package.
22182
22183 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22184 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22185
22186 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22189 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22190
22191 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22192 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22193
22194 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22195
22196 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
22197 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22198
22199 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22200
22201 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22202 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22203 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22204 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22205 of the Emacs source tree.
22206
22207 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22208 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22209
22210 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22211 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22212 of each directory.
22213
22214 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22215
22216 ;;;***
22217 \f
22218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21040 17194 398147
22219 ;;;;;;  0))
22220 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22221
22222 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22223 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22224 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22225 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22226
22227 To make use of this do something like:
22228
22229   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22230
22231 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22232
22233 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22234 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22235
22236 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22237 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22238 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22239
22240 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22241
22242 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22243 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22244
22245 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22246
22247 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22248 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22249
22250 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22251 is decided.
22252
22253 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22256 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22257
22258 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22259 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22260 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22261
22262 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22265 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22266
22267 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22268
22269 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22270 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22271
22272 \(fn)" t nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22275 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22276
22277 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22278
22279 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22280
22281 \(fn)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22284 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22285
22286 \(fn)" t nil)
22287
22288 ;;;***
22289 \f
22290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (20992 52525 458637
22291 ;;;;;;  0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22293
22294 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22295 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22296
22297 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22298
22299 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22300
22301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22302
22303 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22304
22305 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22306
22307
22308 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22309
22310 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22311 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22312 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22314 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22315 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22316
22317 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22318
22319 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22320 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22322 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22323 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22324
22325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22326
22327 ;;;***
22328 \f
22329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709 26818 907104
22330 ;;;;;;  0))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22332
22333 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22334 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
22335 See \\[compile].
22336
22337 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22338
22339 ;;;***
22340 \f
22341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22342 ;;;;;;  58408 354075 0))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22344
22345 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22346
22347 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22348 Construct a regexp interactively.
22349 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22350 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22351 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22352
22353 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22354 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22355
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22357
22358 ;;;***
22359 \f
22360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22361 ;;;;;;  0))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22363
22364 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22365 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22366 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22369 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22370
22371 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22374 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22375 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22376 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22377 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22378
22379 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22380 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22381 were operated on recently.
22382
22383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22384
22385 ;;;***
22386 \f
22387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22389
22390 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22392 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22393 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22394 ends.
22395
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22398 to be deleted.
22399
22400 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22404 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22405
22406 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22407 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22408 deleted.
22409
22410 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22411
22412 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22413 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22414 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22415
22416 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22420
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22423
22424 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22425 deleted.
22426
22427 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22428 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22429 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22430 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22431 even beep.)
22432
22433 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22434
22435 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22436 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22437
22438 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22439
22440 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22441 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22442
22443 \(fn)" t nil)
22444
22445 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22447 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22448 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22449 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22450 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22451 and point is at the lower right corner.
22452
22453 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22457
22458 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22459 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22460
22461 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22462 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22463 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22464
22465 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22466
22467 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22468
22469 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22470 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22471 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22472 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22473 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22474
22475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22476 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22477
22478 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22479
22480 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22481 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22482 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22483
22484 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22485
22486 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22487
22488 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22489
22490 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22491 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22492
22493 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22494 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22495 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22496
22497 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22498
22499 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22501 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22502
22503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22504 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22505 rectangle which were empty.
22506
22507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22510 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22511
22512 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22513 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22514 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
22515 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22516
22517 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22518
22519 (autoload 'rectangle-mark "rect" "\
22520 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22521
22522 \(fn)" t nil)
22523
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22527 ;;;;;;  912957 506000))
22528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22529
22530 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22531 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22533 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22535
22536 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
22537 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
22538 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22539 auto-filling.
22540
22541 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22542
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22548 ;;;;;;  500272 0))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22550
22551 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22552 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22553
22554 \(fn)" nil nil)
22555
22556 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22557 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22558
22559 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22560 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22561
22562 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22563 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22564 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22565 \\ref macro.
22566
22567 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22568 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22569 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22570
22571 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22572 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22573 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22574
22575 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22576 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22577
22578 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22579 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22580
22581 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22582 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22583 on the menu bar.
22584
22585 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22586
22587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22588
22589 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22590 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22591 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22592
22593 \(fn)" nil nil)
22594
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22598 ;;;;;;  39978 248467 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22600
22601 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22602 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22603 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22604 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22605 matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
22606 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22607
22608 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22609
22610 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22611
22612 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22613 cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22614 citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22615 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22616 `reftex-cite-format'.
22617
22618 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22619 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22620 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22621 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22622
22623 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22624
22625 ;;;***
22626 \f
22627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22628 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22630
22631 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22632 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22633 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22634 the current TeX document.
22635
22636 With no argument, this command toggles
22637 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22638 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22639
22640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22641
22642 ;;;***
22643 \f
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22645 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22647
22648 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22649 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22650 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22651
22652 To insert new phrases, use
22653  - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22654  - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22655
22656 To index phrases use one of:
22657
22658 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
22659 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22660 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
22661 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
22662 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
22663
22664 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22665 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22666
22667 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22668
22669 Here are all local bindings.
22670
22671 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22672
22673 \(fn)" t nil)
22674
22675 ;;;***
22676 \f
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22678 ;;;;;;  (20921 39978 248467 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22680
22681 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22682 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22683 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22684 of master file.
22685
22686 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22691 ;;;;;;  15912 444844 0))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22693 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22694 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22695 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22696 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22697
22698 ;;;***
22699 \f
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22701 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22703
22704 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22705 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22706 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22707 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22708 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22709 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22710
22711  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22712    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22713
22714 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22715 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22716 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22717 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22718
22719 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22720
22721 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22722 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22723 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22724 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22725
22726 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22727
22728 ;;;***
22729 \f
22730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22731 ;;;;;;  0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22733 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22734
22735 ;;;***
22736 \f
22737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21093 51772
22738 ;;;;;;  844670 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22740 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22741
22742 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22743 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22744 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22745 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22746
22747 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22748
22749 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22750
22751 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22752 Call `remember' in another frame.
22753
22754 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22755
22756 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22757 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22758 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22759
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22763 Extract diary entries from the region.
22764
22765 \(fn)" nil nil)
22766
22767 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22768 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22769
22770 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22771 function already exist, it will be returned.  Otherwise a new
22772 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22773 pointed by `remember-data-file'.  If a buffer visiting this file
22774 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22775 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22776
22777 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22778 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22779 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22780 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22781 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22782 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22783 buries the buffer.
22784
22785 Function returns notes buffer.  When called interactively,
22786 switches to it as well.
22787
22788 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22789 preserve across Emacs restarts.  The notes will be stored in the
22790 `remember-data-file'.
22791
22792 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22793
22794 ;;;***
22795 \f
22796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22798 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22799
22800 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22801 Repeat most recently executed command.
22802 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22803 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
22804 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22805
22806 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22807 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22808 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22809 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22810
22811 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
22812 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22813 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22814
22815 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22816
22817 ;;;***
22818 \f
22819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22820 ;;;;;;  248467 0))
22821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22822
22823 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22824 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22825
22826 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22827 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22828 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22829 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22830 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22831 and point is left after the salutation.
22832
22833 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22834 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22835 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22836 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22837 left after that text.
22838
22839 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22840 is non-nil.
22841
22842 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22843 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22844 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22845 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22846
22847 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22848
22849 ;;;***
22850 \f
22851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22852 ;;;;;;  0))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22854
22855 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22856 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22857 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22858 visibility of comments that precede it.
22859   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22860   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22861 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22862 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22863 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22864 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22865   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22866 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22867 the comment lines.
22868   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22869 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22870 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22871 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22872 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22873
22874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22875
22876 ;;;***
22877 \f
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22880
22881 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22882 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22884 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22885 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22886
22887 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
22888 reveals invisible text around point.
22889
22890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22891
22892 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22893 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22894 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22897 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22898
22899 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22900
22901 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22902 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22903 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22904
22905 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22906 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22907 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22908
22909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22910
22911 ;;;***
22912 \f
22913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22914 ;;;;;;  0))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22916
22917 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22918 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22919
22920 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22921
22922 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22923 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22924
22925 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22926
22927 ;;;***
22928 \f
22929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22930 ;;;;;;  0))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22932
22933 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22934 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22935 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22936 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22937
22938 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22939
22940 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22941 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22942 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22943 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22944
22945 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22946 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22947
22948 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22949 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22950
22951 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22952 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22953 INPUT-ARGS.
22954
22955 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22956 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22957 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22958 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22959 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22960
22961 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22962 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22963 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22964 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
22965
22966 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22967 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22968 variable.
22969
22970 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22971
22972 ;;;***
22973 \f
22974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21105 26139 752484
22975 ;;;;;;  0))
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22977
22978 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22979 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22980
22981 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22982
22983 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22984
22985 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22986 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22987 Its name should end with a slash.")
22988
22989 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22990 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22991
22992 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22993 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22994 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22995
22996 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22999 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23000 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23001 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
23002 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23003 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23004 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23005
23006 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23007 sent by you under different user names.
23008 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23009
23010 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23011
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23013
23014 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23015
23016 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23017 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23018 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23019 explicitly.")
23020
23021 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23022
23023 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23024 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23025 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23026 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23027 which normally happens once for each message,
23028 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23029 To make a change in this variable take effect
23030 for a message that you have already viewed,
23031 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23032
23033 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23034
23035 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23036 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23037 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23038 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23039
23040 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23041
23042 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23043 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23044
23045 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23046
23047 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23048 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23049 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23050
23051 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23052
23053 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23054 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23055 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
23056 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23057 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23058 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23059
23060 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23061
23062 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23063 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23064
23065 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23066
23067 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23068 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23069
23070 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23071
23072 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23073 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23074
23075 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23076 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23077
23078 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23079
23080 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23081 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23082
23083 This is set to nil by default.")
23084
23085 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23086 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23087 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23088 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23089 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23090 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
23091 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23092
23093 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23094 Read and edit incoming mail.
23095 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23096 file in RMAIL Mode.
23097 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23098
23099 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23100 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23101 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23102 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23103
23104 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23105
23106 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23109 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23110 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23111 Instead, these commands are available:
23112
23113 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
23114 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
23115 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
23116 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23117 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
23118 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23119 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23120 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23121 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23122 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23123 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23124 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
23125 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23126 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23127 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
23128         till a deleted message is found.
23129 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23130 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
23131 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
23132 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23133 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23134 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23135 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23136 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23137 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23138 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
23139 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
23140 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23141 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23142 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
23143 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
23144 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
23145 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
23146 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
23147           (label defaults to last one specified).
23148           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23149           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23150 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
23151 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23152 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23153 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23154 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23155 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23156 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23157
23158 \(fn)" t nil)
23159
23160 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23161 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23162
23163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23164
23165 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23166 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23167
23168 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23169
23170 ;;;***
23171 \f
23172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23173 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23175 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23176
23177 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23178 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23179 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23180 case it writes Babyl.
23181
23182 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23183 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
23184 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23185 `rmail-default-file'.
23186
23187 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23188 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
23189 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23190
23191 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23192 the header display is currently pruned.
23193
23194 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23195 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23196 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23197 messages after output.
23198
23199 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23200 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23201 message (if writing a file directly).
23202
23203 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23204 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23205
23206 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23207
23208 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23209 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23210 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23211   i) the header is output as currently seen
23212  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23213 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23214
23215 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23216 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
23217 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23218
23219 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23220
23221 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23222 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23223 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23224 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
23225 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23226 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23227 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23228
23229 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23230 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
23231 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23232
23233 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23234
23235 ;;;***
23236 \f
23237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23238 ;;;;;;  952905 0))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23240
23241 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23242 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23243 Return a pattern.
23244
23245 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23246
23247 ;;;***
23248 \f
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23250 ;;;;;;  721081 0))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23252
23253 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23254 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23255 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23256 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23257
23258 \(fn)" t nil)
23259
23260 ;;;***
23261 \f
23262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23263 ;;;;;;  386198 0))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23265
23266 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23267 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23268
23269 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23270 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23271 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
23272 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23273 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
23274 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23275 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23276 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
23277 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23278 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23279
23280 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23281 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
23282 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23283 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
23284 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23285 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
23286 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23287 to use for finding the schema.
23288
23289 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23290
23291 ;;;***
23292 \f
23293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23294 ;;;;;;  0))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23296
23297 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23298
23299 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23300 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23301 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
23302 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23303 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23304 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23305 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23306 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
23307 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23308 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
23309 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23310 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
23311 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23312 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23313 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23314 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23315 must be equal.
23316
23317 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23318
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23322 ;;;;;;  997685 0))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23324
23325 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23326 Define a robin package.
23327
23328 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23329 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23330 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23331 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
23332
23333 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23334 one replaces the old one.
23335
23336 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23337
23338 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23339 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23340
23341 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23342 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23343 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23344
23345 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23346
23347 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23348 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23349
23350 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23351
23352 ;;;***
23353 \f
23354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23356
23357 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23358 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23359
23360 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23361
23362 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23363 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23364
23365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23366
23367 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23368 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23369
23370 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23371
23372 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23373 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23374 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23375
23376 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23377 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23378 in ROT13.
23379
23380 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23381
23382 \(fn)" t nil)
23383
23384 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23385 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23386
23387 \(fn)" t nil)
23388
23389 ;;;***
23390 \f
23391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23392 ;;;;;;  0))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23394  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23395
23396 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23397 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23398 \\<rst-mode-map>
23399
23400 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23401 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
23402 highlighting.
23403
23404 \\{rst-mode-map}
23405
23406 \(fn)" t nil)
23407
23408 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23409 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23411 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23412 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23413
23414 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23415 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
23416 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23417
23418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23419
23420 ;;;***
23421 \f
23422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21107
23423 ;;;;;;  32686 465643 0))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23425 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23426
23427 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23428 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23429 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23430 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23431 nesting into account.
23432
23433 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23434
23435 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23436
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23438
23439 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23440
23441 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23442
23443 ;;;***
23444 \f
23445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23446 ;;;;;;  0))
23447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23448 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23449
23450 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23451 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23452 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23453
23454 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23455 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23457 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23458 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23459
23460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23461
23462 ;;;***
23463 \f
23464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23465 ;;;;;;  0))
23466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23467
23468 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23469 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23470 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23471 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23472
23473 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23474
23475 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23476 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23477 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23478
23479 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23480  compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23481 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23482
23483 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23484 notation.
23485
23486 STRING
23487      matches string STRING literally.
23488
23489 CHAR
23490      matches character CHAR literally.
23491
23492 `not-newline', `nonl'
23493      matches any character except a newline.
23494
23495 `anything'
23496      matches any character
23497
23498 `(any SET ...)'
23499 `(in SET ...)'
23500 `(char SET ...)'
23501      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23502      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23503      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23504
23505      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23506      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23507      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23508      `word', or one of their synonyms.
23509
23510 `(not (any SET ...))'
23511      matches any character not in SET ...
23512
23513 `line-start', `bol'
23514      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23515      in the text being matched
23516
23517 `line-end', `eol'
23518      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23519
23520 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23521      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23522      string being matched against.
23523
23524 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23525      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23526      string being matched against.
23527
23528 `buffer-start'
23529      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23530      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23531
23532 `buffer-end'
23533      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23534      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23535
23536 `point'
23537      matches the empty string, but only at point.
23538
23539 `word-start', `bow'
23540      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23541
23542 `word-end', `eow'
23543      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23544
23545 `word-boundary'
23546      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23547      word.
23548
23549 `(not word-boundary)'
23550 `not-word-boundary'
23551      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23552      word.
23553
23554 `symbol-start'
23555      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23556
23557 `symbol-end'
23558      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23559
23560 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23561      matches 0 through 9.
23562
23563 `control', `cntrl'
23564      matches ASCII control characters.
23565
23566 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23567      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23568
23569 `blank'
23570      matches space and tab only.
23571
23572 `graphic', `graph'
23573      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23574      space, and DEL.
23575
23576 `printing', `print'
23577      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23578      and DEL.
23579
23580 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23581      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23582      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23583
23584 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23585      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23586      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23587
23588 `ascii'
23589      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23590
23591 `nonascii'
23592      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23593
23594 `lower', `lower-case'
23595      matches anything lower-case.
23596
23597 `upper', `upper-case'
23598      matches anything upper-case.
23599
23600 `punctuation', `punct'
23601      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23602      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23603
23604 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23605      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23606
23607 `word', `wordchar'
23608      matches anything that has word syntax.
23609
23610 `not-wordchar'
23611      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23612
23613 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23614      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23615      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23616      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23617
23618      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
23619      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
23620      `word'                     (\\sw)
23621      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
23622      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
23623      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
23624      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
23625      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
23626      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
23627      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
23628      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
23629      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
23630      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
23631      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
23632      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
23633
23634 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23635      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23636
23637 `(category CATEGORY)'
23638      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23639      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23640
23641      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
23642      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
23643      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
23644      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
23645      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
23646      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
23647      `digit'                            (\\c6)
23648      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23649      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
23650      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
23651      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
23652      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
23653      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
23654      `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
23655      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
23656      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
23657      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
23658      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
23659      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
23660      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
23661      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
23662      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
23663      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
23664      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
23665      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
23666      `greek'                            (\\cg)
23667      `korean'                           (\\ch)
23668      `indian'                           (\\ci)
23669      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
23670      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
23671      `latin'                            (\\cl)
23672      `lao'                              (\\co)
23673      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
23674      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
23675      `thai'                             (\\ct)
23676      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
23677      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
23678      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
23679      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
23680
23681 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23682      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23683
23684 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23685 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23686 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23687 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23689
23690 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23691 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23692      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23693      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23694
23695 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23696 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23697      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23698      group number N.
23699
23700 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23703      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23704      regular expression.
23705
23706 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23707      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23708      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23709      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23710      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23711
23712 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23713      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23714
23715 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23716 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23717
23718 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23719 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23720      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23721
23722 `(* SEXP ...)'
23723      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23724      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23725
23726 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23727      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23728      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23729
23730 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23731 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23732      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23733
23734 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23735      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23736
23737 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23738      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23739
23740 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23741 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23742 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23743      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23744
23745 `(? SEXP ...)'
23746      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23747
23748 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23749      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23750
23751 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23752 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23753      matches N occurrences.
23754
23755 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23756      matches N or more occurrences.
23757
23758 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23759 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23760      matches N to M occurrences.
23761
23762 `(backref N)'
23763      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23764
23765 `(eval FORM)'
23766      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23767      `regexp-quote' it.
23768
23769 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23770      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23771
23772 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23773
23774 ;;;***
23775 \f
23776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23777 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23779 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23780
23781 ;;;***
23782 \f
23783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21040 42923 330142
23784 ;;;;;;  838000))
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23786 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23787
23788 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23789 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23790 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23793 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23794
23795 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23796
23797 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23798 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23800 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23802
23803 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23804 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
23805 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23806 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23807
23808 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23809 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23810 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23811
23812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (20924 16196
23817 ;;;;;;  967284 0))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23819
23820 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23821 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23822 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23823
23824 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23825 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23826 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23827 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23828 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23829 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23830 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23831 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23832
23833 Commands:
23834 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23835 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23836 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23837 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23838 if that value is non-nil.
23839
23840 \(fn)" t nil)
23841
23842 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23843 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23844 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23845
23846 Commands:
23847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23848 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23849 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23850 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23851 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23852 that variable's value is a string.
23853
23854 \(fn)" t nil)
23855
23856 ;;;***
23857 \f
23858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21040 17194
23859 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23861
23862 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23863 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23864 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23865
23866 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23867
23868 \(fn)" t nil)
23869
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23873 ;;;;;;  0))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23875
23876 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23877 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23878 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23881 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23882
23883 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23884
23885 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23886 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23888 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23890
23891 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23892 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23893
23894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23895
23896 ;;;***
23897 \f
23898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23899 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23901
23902 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23903 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23905 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23906 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
23907 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23908 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23909 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23910
23911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23912
23913 ;;;***
23914 \f
23915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21071 59176 747909
23916 ;;;;;;  0))
23917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23918 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23919  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23920
23921 ;;;***
23922 \f
23923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21052 33668
23924 ;;;;;;  690120 156000))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23926 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23927
23928 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23929 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23930 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23931
23932  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
23933  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23934  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
23935  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23936  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
23937  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23938  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
23939  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23940                                          keybinding for tag names.
23941  `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode'          - A mouse 3 context menu.
23942  `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23943                                          of the symbol under point.
23944 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23945  some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23946  `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23947                                          highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23948  `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23949                                          syntax tokens.
23950  `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23951
23952 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23953
23954 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23955 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23956 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23958 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23959 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23960
23961 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23962
23963 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23964 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23966 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23967 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23968
23969 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23970 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
23971 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23972 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23973 Semantic mode.
23974
23975 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23976
23977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23978
23979 ;;;***
23980 \f
23981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23982 ;;;;;;  (20895 15912 444844 0))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23984
23985 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23986 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23987
23988 \(fn)" t nil)
23989
23990 ;;;***
23991 \f
23992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23993 ;;;;;;  (20879 27694 495748 0))
23994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23995
23996 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23997 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23998
23999 \(fn)" t nil)
24000
24001 ;;;***
24002 \f
24003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
24004 ;;;;;;  0))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24006
24007 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24008 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24009
24010 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24011         king@grassland.com
24012 If `parens', they look like:
24013         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24014 If `angles', they look like:
24015         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24016
24017 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24018 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24019
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24021
24022 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24023 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24024 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24025 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24026
24027 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24028 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
24029 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24030 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24035 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24036 This is done when the message is initialized,
24037 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24042 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24043 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24048 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24049 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24050 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24051 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24052 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
24053 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24054
24055 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24056
24057 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24058 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24059
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24061
24062 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24063 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24064 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24065 be a Babyl file.")
24066
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24068
24069 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24070 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24071 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24072 when you first send mail.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24075
24076 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24077 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24078 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24079 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24080 This file need not actually exist.")
24081
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24083
24084 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24085 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24086
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24088
24089 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24090 Alist of mail address aliases,
24091 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24092 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24093 can specify a different file name.)
24094 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24095     alias ALIAS MEANING")
24096
24097 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24098 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24099 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24100
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24102
24103 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24104 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24105 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24106
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24108
24109 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24110 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24111 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24112 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24113 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24114 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24115 in the cited portion of the message.
24116
24117 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24118 instead of no action.")
24119
24120 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24121
24122 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24123 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24124 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24125 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24126 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24127
24128 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24129
24130 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24131 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24132 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24133 If a string, that string is inserted.
24134  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24135   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24136 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24137 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24138
24139 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24140
24141 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24142 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24143
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24145
24146 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24147 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24148 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24149
24150 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24151 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24152
24153 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24154
24155 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24156 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24157 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
24158 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24159
24160 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24161
24162 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24163 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24164 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24165
24166 \(fn)" nil nil)
24167
24168 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24169
24170 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24171
24172
24173 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24174
24175 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24176 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24177 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24178
24179 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
24180 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24181
24182 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24183          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
24184          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
24185          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24186          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
24187          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24188 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
24189 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24190 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24191 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24192 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24193 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24194 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24195 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24196
24197 \(fn)" t nil)
24198
24199 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24200 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24201 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24202 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24203
24204 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24205
24206 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24207 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24208 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24209 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24210 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24211 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24212
24213 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24214 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24215 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24216
24217 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24218 User should not set this variable manually,
24219 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24220 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24221 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24222
24223 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24224 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24225 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24226 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24227
24228 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24229 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24230
24231 \\<mail-mode-map>
24232 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24233
24234 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24235 to move to message header fields:
24236 \\{mail-mode-map}
24237
24238 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24239 when the message is initialized.
24240
24241 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24242 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24243
24244 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24245 is inserted.
24246
24247 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24248 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
24249
24250 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24251 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
24252 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24253 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
24254 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24255 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24256 buffer without erasing the contents.
24257
24258 The second through fifth arguments,
24259  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24260  the initial contents of those header fields.
24261  These arguments should not have final newlines.
24262 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24263  original message being replied to, or else an action
24264  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24265  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24266 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24267  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24268  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24269  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24270
24271 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24272
24273 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24274 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24275
24276 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24277
24278 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24279 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24280
24281 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24282
24283 ;;;***
24284 \f
24285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24286 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24287
24288 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24289
24290 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24291
24292 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24293
24294 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24295 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24296 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24297 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24298 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24299 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24300
24301 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24302 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24303
24304 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
24305 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24306 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24307
24308 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24309 \\[server-start].
24310
24311 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24312
24313 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24314 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24315 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24316 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
24317
24318 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24319
24320 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24321 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24322 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24325 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24326
24327 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24328
24329 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24330 Toggle Server mode.
24331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24332 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24333 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24334
24335 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24336 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
24337 `server-start' for details.
24338
24339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24340
24341 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24342 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24343 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24344
24345 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24346 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24347
24348 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24349
24350 ;;;***
24351 \f
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24354
24355 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24356 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24357 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24358
24359 Key definitions:
24360 \\{ses-mode-map}
24361 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24362 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24363 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24364 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24365
24366 \(fn)" t nil)
24367
24368 ;;;***
24369 \f
24370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24371 ;;;;;;  36406 653593 0))
24372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24373
24374 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24375 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24376 Makes > match <.
24377 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24378 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24379
24380 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24381 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24382 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24383
24384 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24385 in your init file.
24386
24387 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24388
24389 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24390 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24391 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24392
24393 \(fn)" t nil)
24394
24395 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24396 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24397 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24398 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24399 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24400 which this is based.
24401
24402 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24403
24404 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24405 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24406 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24407 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24408
24409 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24410 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24411 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24412
24413 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24414 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24415 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24416 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24417
24418 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24419 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24420 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24421 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24422
24423 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24424
24425 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24426 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24427 To work around that, do:
24428    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24429
24430 \\{html-mode-map}
24431
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24433
24434 ;;;***
24435 \f
24436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21097
24437 ;;;;;;  42046 44658 0))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24439 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24440 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24441
24442 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24443 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24444 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24445 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24446 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24447 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24448
24449 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24450 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24451 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24452 shell-specific features.
24453
24454 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24455 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24456 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24457 \\<sh-mode-map>
24458 \\[sh-case]      case statement
24459 \\[sh-for]       for loop
24460 \\[sh-function]  function definition
24461 \\[sh-if]        if statement
24462 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
24463 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
24464 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
24465 \\[sh-select]    select loop
24466 \\[sh-until]     until loop
24467 \\[sh-while]     while loop
24468
24469 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24470 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24471 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24472 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
24473 would indent to the way it currently is.
24474 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24475 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24476
24477
24478 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24479 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24480 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
24481 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
24482 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24483 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24484
24485 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24486 unquoted < insert a here document.
24487
24488 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24489 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24490 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24491
24492 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24493 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24494
24495 \(fn)" t nil)
24496
24497 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24498
24499 ;;;***
24500 \f
24501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21082 29482
24502 ;;;;;;  330637 0))
24503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24504
24505 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24506 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24507
24508 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24509 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24510 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24511
24512 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24513 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24514 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24515 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24516 the earlier.
24517
24518 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24519
24520 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24521
24522 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24523 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24524 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24525
24526 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24527 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24528
24529 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24530 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24531 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24532 24.3.  A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24533 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24534 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24535 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24536 Emacs version).
24537
24538 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24539 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24540 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24541 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24542 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24543
24544 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24545 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24546
24547 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24548
24549 ;;;***
24550 \f
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24552 ;;;;;;  0))
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24554
24555 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24556 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24557 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24558 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24559 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24560 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24561 sites in the cluster.
24562
24563 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24566 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24567 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24568 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24569 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24570
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24572
24573 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24574 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24575 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24576 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24577 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24578 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24579 `shadow-define-cluster').
24580
24581 \(fn)" t nil)
24582
24583 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24584 Set up file shadowing.
24585
24586 \(fn)" t nil)
24587
24588 ;;;***
24589 \f
24590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24592
24593 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24594 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24595 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24596 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24597 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24598 arguments.")
24599
24600 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24601
24602 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24603 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24604 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24605 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24606 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24607
24608 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24609 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24610 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24611  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24612  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24613 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24614 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24615 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24616 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24617 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24618 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24619
24620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24621 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24622 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24623 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24625 `default-process-coding-system'.
24626
24627 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24628 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24629 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24630 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24631
24632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24633
24634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24635
24636 ;;;***
24637 \f
24638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
24639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24640
24641 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24642 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24643 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24644 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24645
24646 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24647
24648 ;;;***
24649 \f
24650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24651 ;;;;;;  0))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24653
24654 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24655
24656
24657 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24658
24659 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24660
24661
24662 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24663
24664 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24665
24666
24667 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24668
24669 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24670
24671
24672 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24673
24674 ;;;***
24675 \f
24676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24677 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
24678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24679
24680 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24681 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24682 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24683 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24684 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24685
24686 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24687
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24689
24690 ;;;***
24691 \f
24692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24693 ;;;;;;  848428 0))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24695
24696 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24697 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24698 \\{simula-mode-map}
24699 Variables controlling indentation style:
24700  `simula-tab-always-indent'
24701     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24702     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24703  `simula-indent-level'
24704     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24705  `simula-substatement-offset'
24706     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24707  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24708     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24709     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24710     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24711     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24712  `simula-label-offset' -4711
24713     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24714  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24715     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24716     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24717     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24718  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24719     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24720     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24721     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24722  `simula-electric-indent' nil
24723     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24724     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24725  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24726     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24727     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24728     or nil if they should not be changed.
24729  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24730     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24731     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24732     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24733
24734 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24735 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24736
24737 \(fn)" t nil)
24738
24739 ;;;***
24740 \f
24741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21087 47399 892476
24742 ;;;;;;  0))
24743 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24744
24745 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24746 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24747
24748 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24749 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24750 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24751 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24752
24753 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24754
24755 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24756
24757 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24758 Insert SKELETON.
24759 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24760 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24761 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24762 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24763 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24764
24765 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24766 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24767
24768 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24769
24770 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24771 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24772
24773 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24774 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24775 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24776 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24777
24778 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24779 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24780 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24781 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24782
24783 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24784 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24785 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24786
24787 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24788 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24789
24790 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24791 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24792
24793         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
24794         _       interesting point, interregion here
24795         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24796                 interesting point set by _
24797         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24798         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
24799         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24800         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24801         -num    delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24802         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24803         nil     skipped
24804
24805 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24806 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24807
24808 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
24809 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
24810 different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24811 non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24812 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
24813 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24814 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24815 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24816
24817 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24818 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24819 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24820 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24821 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24822 available:
24823
24824         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24825                 then: insert previously read string once more
24826         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24827         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24828         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
24829
24830 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24831 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24832
24833 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24834
24835 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24836 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24837
24838 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24839 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24840 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24841 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24842 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24843 such as backslash.
24844
24845 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24846 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24847 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24848
24849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24850
24851 ;;;***
24852 \f
24853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21022 27213
24854 ;;;;;;  317995 0))
24855 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24856
24857 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24858 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24859 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24860 buffer names.
24861
24862 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24863
24864 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24865 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24867 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24868 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24869 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24870
24871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24872
24873 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24874 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24875 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24876
24877 \(fn)" t nil)
24878
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24882 ;;;;;;  509000))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24884
24885 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24886 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24887 A list of images is returned.
24888
24889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24890
24891 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24892 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24893 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24894
24895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24896
24897 ;;;***
24898 \f
24899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24900 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24902
24903 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24904
24905
24906 \(fn)" nil nil)
24907
24908 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24909 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24910
24911 \(fn)" t nil)
24912
24913 ;;;***
24914 \f
24915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21040 17194 398147
24916 ;;;;;;  0))
24917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24918
24919 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24920 Play the Snake game.
24921 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24922
24923 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24924
24925 Snake mode keybindings:
24926    \\<snake-mode-map>
24927 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
24928 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
24929 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24930 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
24931 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
24932 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
24933 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
24934
24935 \(fn)" t nil)
24936
24937 ;;;***
24938 \f
24939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24940 ;;;;;;  893295 0))
24941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24942
24943 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24944 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24945 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24946 Tab indents for C code.
24947 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24948 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24949 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24950 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24951 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24952
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24954
24955 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24956 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24957 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24958 Tab indents for C code.
24959 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24960 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24961 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24962 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24963 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24964
24965 \(fn)" t nil)
24966
24967 ;;;***
24968 \f
24969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24970 ;;;;;;  0))
24971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24972
24973 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24974 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
24975 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24976 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24977 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24978
24979 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24980
24981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24986 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24988
24989 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24990 Play Solitaire.
24991
24992 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24993 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24994 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24995 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24996 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24997 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24998 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24999 check after each move or undo.)
25000
25001 What is Solitaire?
25002
25003 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25004 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
25005 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25006
25007         Le Solitaire
25008         ============
25009
25010                 o   o   o
25011
25012                 o   o   o
25013
25014         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25015
25016         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
25017
25018         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25019
25020                 o   o   o
25021
25022                 o   o   o
25023
25024 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
25025 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
25026 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25027 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25028
25029 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25030 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25031 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25032 this:  o  o  .
25033
25034 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25035 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
25036
25037 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
25038
25039                 o   o   o
25040
25041                 .   o   o
25042
25043         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
25044
25045         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
25046
25047         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25048
25049                 o   o   o
25050
25051                 o   o   o
25052
25053 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25054
25055 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25056
25057 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25058
25059 ;;;***
25060 \f
25061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25063 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25064
25065 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25066 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25067
25068 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25069 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25070 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
25071 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
25072 contiguous.
25073
25074 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25075 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25076 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25077 the sort order.
25078
25079 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25080 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25081
25082 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25083 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25084 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25085 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25086 is called.
25087
25088 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25089 It should move point to the end of the record.
25090
25091 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25092 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25093 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25094 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25095 starts at the beginning of the record.
25096
25097 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25098 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25099 same as ENDRECFUN.
25100
25101 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25102 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25103 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25104 second key.  If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25105 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25106 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25107 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25108
25109 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25110
25111 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25112 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25113 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25114 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25116 the sort order.
25117
25118 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25119
25120 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25121 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25122 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25123 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25124 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25125 the sort order.
25126
25127 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25128
25129 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25130 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25131 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25132 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25133 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25134 the sort order.
25135
25136 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25137 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25138
25139 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25140 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25141 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25142 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25143 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25144 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25145 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25146 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25147 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25148
25149 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25150
25151 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25152 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25153 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25154 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25155 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25156 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25157 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25158 the sort order.
25159
25160 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25161
25162 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25163 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25164 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25165 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25166
25167 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25168   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25169
25170 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25171   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25172   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25173   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25174   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25175   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25176   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25177   found within a record, that record is ignored.
25178
25179 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25180
25181 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25182 the sort order.
25183
25184 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25185  starting with the letter \"f\",
25186  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25187
25188 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25189
25190 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25191 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25192 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25193 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25194 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25195 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25196 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25197 the sort order.
25198
25199 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25200 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25201 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
25202 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25203 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25204
25205 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25208 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25209 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25210
25211 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25212
25213 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25214 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25215
25216 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25217 occurrence of duplicate lines.  If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25218 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25219 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25220
25221 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25222 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent.  It works like the utility
25223 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25224 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25225 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25226
25227 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25228 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25229
25230 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25231 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25232 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25233
25234 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25235
25236 ;;;***
25237 \f
25238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25240
25241 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25242 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25243 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
25244 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25245 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25246 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25247
25248 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25249
25250 ;;;***
25251 \f
25252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25253 ;;;;;;  65006 672942 217000))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25255
25256 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25257 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25258
25259 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25260 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
25261 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25262
25263 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25264
25265 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25266 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25267 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25268 server.
25269
25270 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25271
25272 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25273 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25274 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25275
25276 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25277
25278 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25279 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25280 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25281 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25282 Agent is plugged.
25283
25284 \(fn)" t nil)
25285
25286 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25287 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25288 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25289 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25290
25291 \(fn)" t nil)
25292
25293 ;;;***
25294 \f
25295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25296 ;;;;;;  0))
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25298
25299 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25300
25301 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25302 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25303 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25304 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
25305 supported at a time.
25306 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25307 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25308
25309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25312 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25313 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25314 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25315
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25317
25318 ;;;***
25319 \f
25320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21041 38058 75002
25321 ;;;;;;  0))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25323
25324 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25325 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25326
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25328
25329 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25330 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25331
25332 \(fn)" nil nil)
25333
25334 ;;;***
25335 \f
25336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21082 29482 330637
25337 ;;;;;;  0))
25338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25339 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25340
25341 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25342 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25343
25344 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25345 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25346 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25347 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25348 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25349 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25350 of the current highlighting list.
25351
25352 For example:
25353
25354  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25355   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25356
25357 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25358 `_t' as data types.
25359
25360 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25361
25362 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer.  This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'.  The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n    \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n    \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer.  The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated.  See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer.  Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode].  The name of this buffer can be\nanything.  The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode).  The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25363
25364 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25365 Major mode to edit SQL.
25366
25367 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25368 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25369 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25370
25371 \\{sql-mode-map}
25372 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25373
25374 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25375 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25376 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25377 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25378 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25379 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25380
25381 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25382 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25383
25384 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25385 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25386 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
25387
25388 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25389           (lambda ()
25390             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25391
25392 \(fn)" t nil)
25393
25394 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25395 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25396
25397 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25398 their settings.
25399
25400 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25401 is specified in the connection settings.
25402
25403 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25404
25405 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25406 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25407
25408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25410
25411 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25412 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25413 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25414 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25415
25416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25417
25418 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25421 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25422
25423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 `*SQL*'.
25426
25427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25428 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25429 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25430 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25431
25432 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25433 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25434
25435 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25436 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
25437 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25438 buffer.
25439
25440 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25441 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25442 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25443 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25444 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25445 `default-process-coding-system'.
25446
25447 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25448
25449 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25450
25451 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25452 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25453
25454 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25455 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25456 `*SQL*'.
25457
25458 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25459 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25460 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25461 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25462
25463 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25464 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25465
25466 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25467 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
25468 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25469 buffer.
25470
25471 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25472 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25473 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25474 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25475 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25476 `default-process-coding-system'.
25477
25478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25479
25480 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25481
25482 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25483 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25484
25485 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25486 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25487 `*SQL*'.
25488
25489 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25490 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25491
25492 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25493 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494
25495 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
25497 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25498 buffer.
25499
25500 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25501 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25503 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25504 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25505 `default-process-coding-system'.
25506
25507 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25508
25509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25510
25511 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25512 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25513
25514 SQLite is free software.
25515
25516 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25517 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25518 `*SQL*'.
25519
25520 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25521 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25522 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25523 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25524
25525 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25526 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25527
25528 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
25530 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25531 buffer.
25532
25533 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25534 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25535 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25536 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25537 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25538 `default-process-coding-system'.
25539
25540 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25541
25542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25543
25544 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25545 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25546
25547 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25548
25549 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25550 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25551 `*SQL*'.
25552
25553 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25554 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25555 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25556 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25557
25558 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25559 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25560
25561 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25562 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
25563 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25564 buffer.
25565
25566 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25567 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25568 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25569 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25570 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25571 `default-process-coding-system'.
25572
25573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25574
25575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25576
25577 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25578 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25579
25580 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25581 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25582 `*SQL*'.
25583
25584 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25585 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25586 defaults, if set.
25587
25588 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25589 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25590
25591 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25592 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
25593 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25594 buffer.
25595
25596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25597 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25598 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25601 `default-process-coding-system'.
25602
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25604
25605 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25606
25607 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25608 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25609
25610 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25611 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25612 `*SQL*'.
25613
25614 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25615 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25616
25617 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25618 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25619
25620 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25621 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
25622 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25623 buffer.
25624
25625 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25626 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25628 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25629 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25630 `default-process-coding-system'.
25631
25632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25633
25634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25635
25636 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25637 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25638
25639 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25640 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25641 `*SQL*'.
25642
25643 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25644 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25645 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25646 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25647
25648 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25649 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25650
25651 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25652 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
25653 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25654 buffer.
25655
25656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25658 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25661 `default-process-coding-system'.
25662
25663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25664
25665 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25666
25667 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25668 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25669
25670 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25671 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25672 `*SQL*'.
25673
25674 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25675 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25676 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25677 `sql-postgres-options'.
25678
25679 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25680 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25681
25682 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
25684 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25685 buffer.
25686
25687 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25688 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25689 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25690 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25691 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25692 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25693 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25694 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25695
25696 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25697                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25698
25699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25700
25701 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25704 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25705
25706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25708 `*SQL*'.
25709
25710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25711 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25712 defaults, if set.
25713
25714 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25715 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25716
25717 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
25719 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25720 buffer.
25721
25722 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25723 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25724 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25725 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25726 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25727 `default-process-coding-system'.
25728
25729 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25730
25731 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25732
25733 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25734 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25735
25736 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25737 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25738 `*SQL*'.
25739
25740 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25741 automatic login.
25742
25743 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25744 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25745
25746 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25747 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25748 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25749 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25750
25751 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25752 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
25753 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25754 buffer.
25755
25756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25758 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25761 `default-process-coding-system'.
25762
25763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25764
25765 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25766
25767 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25768 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25769
25770 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25771 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25772 `*SQL*'.
25773
25774 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25775 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25776 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25777 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
25778 parameters.
25779
25780 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25781 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25782 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25783 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25784 an empty password.
25785
25786 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25787 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25788
25789 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25790 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
25791 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25792 buffer.
25793
25794 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25795
25796 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25797
25798 ;;;***
25799 \f
25800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25801 ;;;;;;  0))
25802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25803 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25804
25805 ;;;***
25806 \f
25807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25808 ;;;;;;  (21048 47760 436258 0))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25810
25811 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25812 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25813
25814 \(fn)" t nil)
25815
25816 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25817
25818 ;;;***
25819 \f
25820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25821 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
25822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25823
25824 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25825 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25826 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25827 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25828 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25829 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25830 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25831  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25832  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25833  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25834  with any buffer
25835 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25836 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25837 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25838 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25839
25840 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25841
25842 ;;;***
25843 \f
25844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25845 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25846
25847 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25848 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25849 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25850 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE
25851 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25852 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25853
25854 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25855
25856 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25857
25858 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25859 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25860 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25861 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25862 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25863 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25864 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25865
25866 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25869 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25870 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25871 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25872 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25873 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25874 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25875
25876 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25877
25878 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25879 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25880 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25881
25882 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25883
25884 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25885 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25886 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25887
25888 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25891 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25892
25893 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25894
25895 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25896 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25897
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25899
25900 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25901 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25902
25903 \(fn)" t nil)
25904
25905 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25906 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25907 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25908 chronologically by command name.
25909 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25910
25911 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25912
25913 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25914 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25915 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25918 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25919
25920 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25921
25922 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25923 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25925 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25927
25928 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25929 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25930 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25931 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25932 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25933
25934 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25935 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25936 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25937 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25938
25939 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25940
25941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25942
25943 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25944 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25945 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25946 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25947
25948 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25949
25950 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25952
25953 \(fn)" t nil)
25954
25955 ;;;***
25956 \f
25957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25958 ;;;;;;  0))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25960
25961 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25962 Studlify-case the region.
25963
25964 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25965
25966 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25967 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25968
25969 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25970
25971 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25972 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25973
25974 \(fn)" t nil)
25975
25976 ;;;***
25977 \f
25978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21086 26537
25979 ;;;;;;  509049 0))
25980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25981
25982 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25983 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25985 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25987
25988 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
25989 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25990 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25991 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25992
25993 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
25994 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25995 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
25996
25997   Nomenclature           Subwords
25998   ===========================================================
25999   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26000   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26001   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26002
26003 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26004 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26005 as words.
26006
26007 \\{subword-mode-map}
26008
26009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26010
26011 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26012 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26013 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26016 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26017
26018 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26019
26020 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26021 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26022 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26023 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26024 ARG is omitted or nil.
26025
26026 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26027 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26028 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26029
26030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26031
26032 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26033 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26035 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26037
26038 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
26039 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26040 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26041
26042 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26043 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26044 edit them as words.
26045
26046 \\{superword-mode-map}
26047
26048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26049
26050 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26051 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26052 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26055 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26056
26057 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26058
26059 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26060 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26061 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26062 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26063 ARG is omitted or nil.
26064
26065 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26066 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26067 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26068
26069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26070
26071 ;;;***
26072 \f
26073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
26074 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26076
26077 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26078 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26079 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26080 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
26081 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26082 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26083 original message but it does require a few things:
26084
26085      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26086
26087      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26088         reply buffer.
26089
26090      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26091         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26092         original message.
26093
26094      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26095
26096      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26097
26098 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26099 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26100 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26101
26102 \(fn)" nil nil)
26103
26104 ;;;***
26105 \f
26106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26107 ;;;;;;  0))
26108 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26109
26110 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26111
26112 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26113 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26114 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26117 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26118
26119 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26120
26121 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26122 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26124 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26125 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26126
26127 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26128 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26129 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26130
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26132
26133 ;;;***
26134 \f
26135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26136 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26137
26138 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26139 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26140 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26141 buffer.
26142
26143 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26144 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26145 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26146
26147 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26148
26149 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26150 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26151 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26152 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26153 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26154 buffer.
26155
26156 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26157 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26158 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26159
26160 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26161
26162 ;;;***
26163 \f
26164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26165 ;;;;;;  0))
26166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26167
26168 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26169 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26170 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26171
26172 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26173
26174 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26175 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26176
26177 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26178
26179 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26180 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26181
26182 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26183
26184 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26185 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26186
26187 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26188
26189 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26190 Insert an editable text table.
26191 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
26192 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26193 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26194 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26195 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
26196 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26197 delimiting them.
26198
26199 Examples:
26200
26201 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26202
26203 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26204 location of point.
26205
26206     -!-
26207
26208 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
26209 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26210 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
26211 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26212 first cell.
26213
26214     +-----+-----+-----+
26215     |-!-  |     |     |
26216     +-----+-----+-----+
26217
26218 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26219
26220 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26221 width, which results as
26222
26223     +--------------+-----+-----+
26224     |-!-           |     |     |
26225     +--------------+-----+-----+
26226
26227 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
26228 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26229
26230     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231     |              |      |-!-                             |
26232     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233
26234 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26235 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26236 width information to `table-insert'.
26237
26238 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26239
26240 instead of
26241
26242 Cell width(s): 5
26243
26244 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26245 work all together.
26246
26247 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26248 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26249
26250     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251     |-!-           |      |                                |
26252     |              |      |                                |
26253     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26254
26255 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26256
26257     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258     |-!-           |      |                                |
26259     |              |      |                                |
26260     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261     |              |      |                                |
26262     |              |      |                                |
26263     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264
26265 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26266
26267     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26268     |              |      |                                |
26269     |              |      |                                |
26270     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26271     |              |      |                                |
26272     |              |      |                                |
26273     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274     -!-
26275
26276 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26277 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
26278 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26279
26280     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281     |              |      |                                |
26282     |              |      |                                |
26283     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284     |              |      |                                |
26285     |              |      |                                |
26286     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287     |-!-           |      |                                |
26288     |              |      |                                |
26289     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26290
26291 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26292 results.
26293
26294     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26295     |              |      |                                |
26296     |              |      |                                |
26297     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26298     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
26299     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
26300     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
26301     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26302     |              |      |                                |
26303     |              |      |                                |
26304     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26305
26306 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26307
26308 \\{table-cell-map}
26309
26310 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26313 Insert N table row(s).
26314 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26315 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
26316 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26317 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26318
26319 \(fn N)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26322 Insert N table column(s).
26323 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26324 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
26325 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26326 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26327
26328 \(fn N)" t nil)
26329
26330 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26331 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26332 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26333
26334 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26337 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26338 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
26339 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26340 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26341 all the table specific features.
26342
26343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26346
26347
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26351 Recognize all tables within region.
26352 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
26353 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26354 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26355 specific features.
26356
26357 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26358
26359 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26360
26361
26362 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26365 Recognize a table at point.
26366 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26367 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26368 the table specific features.
26369
26370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371
26372 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26373
26374
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26378 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26379 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
26380 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26381 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26382 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26383 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26384
26385 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26388
26389
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26393 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26394 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26395 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26396 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
26397 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26398 specified.
26399
26400 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26403 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26404 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26405 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
26406 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
26407 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26408 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26409 table structure.
26410
26411 \(fn N)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26414 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26415 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26416 table's rectangle structure.
26417
26418 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26421 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26422 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26423 table's rectangle structure.
26424
26425 \(fn N)" t nil)
26426
26427 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26428 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26429 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26430 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26431 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26432
26433 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26434
26435 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26436 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26437 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26438
26439 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26440 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26441 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26442 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26443 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26444 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26445 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26446
26447 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26448 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26449 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26450 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26451 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26452 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26453 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26454
26455 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26456 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26457 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26458 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26459 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26460 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26461 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26462 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26463
26464 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26465
26466 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26467 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26468 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26469 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26470
26471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26472
26473 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26474 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26475 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26476
26477 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26478
26479 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26480 Split current cell vertically.
26481 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26482
26483 \(fn)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26486 Split current cell horizontally.
26487 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26488
26489 \(fn)" t nil)
26490
26491 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26492 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26493 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26494
26495 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26496
26497 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26498 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26499 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26500 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26501
26502 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26505 Justify cell contents.
26506 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26507 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26508 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26509 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26510
26511 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26514 Justify cells of a row.
26515 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26516 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26517
26518 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26519
26520 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26521 Justify cells of a column.
26522 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26523 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26524
26525 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26528 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26529 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26530 that widens a cell when it is necessary.  When non-nil, typing in a
26531 cell does not automatically expand the cell width.  A word that is too
26532 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines.  The chopped
26533 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'.  This
26534 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26535 run-time.
26536
26537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26538
26539 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26540 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26541 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26542 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26543 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26544 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26545 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26546 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26547 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26548 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26549 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26550
26551 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26552
26553 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26554 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26555 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26556 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26557 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26558 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26559 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26560 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26561 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26562 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26563 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26564 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26565 untouched.
26566
26567 References used for this implementation:
26568
26569 HTML:
26570         URL `http://www.w3.org'
26571
26572 LaTeX:
26573         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26574
26575 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26576         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26577         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26578
26579 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26580
26581 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26582 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26583 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26584 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26585 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26586 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26587 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26588 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26589 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26590 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26591 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26592 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26593 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26594 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26595 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26596 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26597 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26598
26599 Example:
26600
26601   (progn
26602     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26603     (table-forward-cell 15)
26604     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26605     (table-forward-cell 16)
26606     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26607     (table-forward-cell 1)
26608     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26609
26610   (progn
26611     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26612     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26613     (table-forward-cell 1)
26614     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26615
26616 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26617
26618 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26619 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26620 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26621 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26622 consists from cells of same height.
26623
26624 \(fn N)" t nil)
26625
26626 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26627 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26628 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26629 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26630 column must consists from cells of same width.
26631
26632 \(fn N)" t nil)
26633
26634 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26635 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26636 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26637 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26638 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26639 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26640 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26641 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26642 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26643 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26644 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26645 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26646 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26647 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26648 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26649
26650
26651 Example 1:
26652
26653 1, 2, 3, 4
26654 5, 6, 7, 8
26655 , 9, 10
26656
26657 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26658 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26659 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26660 specified as 5.
26661
26662 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26663 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26664 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26665 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26666 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26667 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
26668 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26669
26670 Note:
26671
26672 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26673 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26674 of each row is optional.
26675
26676
26677 Example 2:
26678
26679 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26680 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26681 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26682 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26683 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26684
26685 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26686 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26687
26688 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26689                       expression and raw delimiter regular
26690                       expression, it parses the specified text
26691                       area and extracts cell items from
26692                       non-table text and then forms a table out
26693                       of them.
26694
26695 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26696                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
26697                       the specified region is placed in that
26698                       cell.-*-
26699
26700 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26701 like this.
26702
26703 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26704 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26705 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26706 |                                                                 |
26707 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26708 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26709 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26710 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26711 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26712 |                      of them.                                   |
26713 |                                                                 |
26714 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26715 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26716 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26717 |                      cell.                                      |
26718 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26719
26720 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26721 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26722 independently.
26723
26724 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26725 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26726 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26727 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26728 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26729 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26730 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26731 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26732 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26733 |                     |of them.                                   |
26734 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26735 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26736 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26737 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26738 |                     |cell.                                      |
26739 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26740
26741 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26742 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26743 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26744
26745 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26748 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26749 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
26750 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26751 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26752
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26754
26755 ;;;***
26756 \f
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26758 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26759
26760 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26761 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26762
26763 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26764
26765 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26766 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26767
26768 \(fn)" t nil)
26769
26770 ;;;***
26771 \f
26772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26773 ;;;;;;  0))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26775
26776 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26777 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26778 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26779 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26780 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26781 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26782 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26783
26784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26785 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26786 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26787 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26788
26789 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26790 \\{tar-mode-map}
26791
26792 \(fn)" t nil)
26793
26794 ;;;***
26795 \f
26796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26797 ;;;;;;  0))
26798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26799
26800 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26801 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26802 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26803 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26804 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26805 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26806
26807 Variables controlling indentation style:
26808   `tcl-indent-level'
26809     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26810   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26811     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26812
26813 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26814 documentation for details):
26815   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26816     Controls action of TAB key.
26817   `tcl-auto-newline'
26818     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26819     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26820   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26821     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26822     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26823
26824 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26825 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26826 already exist.
26827
26828 \(fn)" t nil)
26829
26830 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26831 Run inferior Tcl process.
26832 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26833 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26834
26835 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26836
26837 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26838 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26839 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26840
26841 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26842
26843 ;;;***
26844 \f
26845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26846 ;;;;;;  0))
26847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26848
26849 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26850 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26851 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26852 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26853
26854 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26855 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26856 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26857 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26858 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26859
26860 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26861
26862 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26863 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26864 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26865 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26866
26867 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26868
26869 ;;;***
26870 \f
26871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26873
26874 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26875 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26876 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26877 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26878 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26879 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26880
26881 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26882
26883 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26884 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26885 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26886 commands to use in that buffer.
26887
26888 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26889
26890 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26891
26892 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26893 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26894
26895 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26896
26897 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26898 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26899 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
26900 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
26901 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26902 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
26903 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
26904 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26905 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26906 use in that buffer.
26907 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26908
26909 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26910
26911 ;;;***
26912 \f
26913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26914 ;;;;;;  6823 881439 0))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26916
26917 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26918 Start coverage on function under point.
26919
26920 \(fn)" t nil)
26921
26922 ;;;***
26923 \f
26924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26925 ;;;;;;  217000))
26926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26927 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26928
26929 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26930 Play the Tetris game.
26931 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26932 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26933 as to form complete rows.
26934
26935 tetris-mode keybindings:
26936    \\<tetris-mode-map>
26937 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
26938 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
26939 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26940 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
26941 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
26942 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
26943 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26944 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26945
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26947
26948 ;;;***
26949 \f
26950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (20774 53405
26951 ;;;;;;  754743 8000))
26952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26953
26954 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26955 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26956
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26958
26959 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26960 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26961 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26962 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26963 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26964
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26966
26967 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26968 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26969 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26970 if it matches the first line of the file,
26971 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26972
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26974
26975 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26976 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26977 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26978 if the variable is non-nil.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26983 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26984
26985 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26986
26987 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26988 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26989 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26990 See the documentation of that variable.")
26991
26992 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26993
26994 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26995 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26996 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26997 See the documentation of that variable.")
26998
26999 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27000
27001 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27002 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27003 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27004 See the documentation of that variable.")
27005
27006 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27007
27008 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27009 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27010 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27011 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27012 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27013
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27015
27016 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27017 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27018 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27019 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27020
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27022
27023 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27024 User defined LaTeX block names.
27025 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27026
27027 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27028
27029 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27030 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27031 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27032 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27033
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27035
27036 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27037 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27038 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27039 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27040
27041 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27042
27043 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27044 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27045 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27046 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27047
27048 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27049 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27050 for example,
27051
27052     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27053          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27054
27055 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27056 use.")
27057
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27059
27060 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27061 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27062 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27063 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27064 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27065
27066 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27067
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27069
27070 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27071 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27072 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27073
27074 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27075
27076 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27077 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27078 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27079 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27080 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27081
27082 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27083
27084 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27085 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27086
27087 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27088
27089 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27090 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27091
27092 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27093
27094 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27095 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27096 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27097 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27098 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
27099 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27100 says which mode to use.
27101
27102 \(fn)" t nil)
27103
27104 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27105
27106 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27107
27108 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27109
27110 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27111 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27112 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27113 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27114 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27115
27116 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27117 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27118 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27119 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27120 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27121 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27122 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27123
27124 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27125 mismatched $'s or braces.
27126
27127 Special commands:
27128 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27129
27130 Mode variables:
27131 tex-run-command
27132         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27133 tex-directory
27134         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27135         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27136 tex-dvi-print-command
27137         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27138 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27139         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27140         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27141 tex-dvi-view-command
27142         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27143 tex-show-queue-command
27144         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27145         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27146
27147 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27148 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
27149 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27150
27151 \(fn)" t nil)
27152
27153 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27154 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27155 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27156 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27157 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27158
27159 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27160 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27161 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27162 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27163 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27164 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27165 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27166
27167 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27168 mismatched $'s or braces.
27169
27170 Special commands:
27171 \\{latex-mode-map}
27172
27173 Mode variables:
27174 latex-run-command
27175         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27176 tex-directory
27177         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27178         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27179 tex-dvi-print-command
27180         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27181 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27182         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27183         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27184 tex-dvi-view-command
27185         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27186 tex-show-queue-command
27187         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27188         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27189
27190 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27191 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
27192 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27193
27194 \(fn)" t nil)
27195
27196 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27197 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27198 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27199 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27200 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27201
27202 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27203 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27204 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27205 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27206 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27207 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27208 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27209
27210 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27211 mismatched $'s or braces.
27212
27213 Special commands:
27214 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27215
27216 Mode variables:
27217 slitex-run-command
27218         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27219 tex-directory
27220         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27221         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27222 tex-dvi-print-command
27223         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27224 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27225         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27226         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27227 tex-dvi-view-command
27228         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27229 tex-show-queue-command
27230         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27231         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27232
27233 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27234 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27235 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27236 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27237
27238 \(fn)" t nil)
27239
27240 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27241
27242
27243 \(fn)" nil nil)
27244
27245 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27246 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27247
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27249
27250 ;;;***
27251 \f
27252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27253 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27255
27256 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27257 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27258 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27259 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27260
27261 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27262 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
27263 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27264
27265 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27266
27267 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27268 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27269 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27270 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
27271 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27272
27273 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27274
27275 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27276 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27277 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27278 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27279
27280 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27281 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27282 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
27283 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27284
27285 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27286 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27287
27288 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27289
27290 ;;;***
27291 \f
27292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27293 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
27294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27295
27296 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27297 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27298
27299 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27300
27301 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27302 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27303
27304 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27305
27306 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27307 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27308
27309   It has these extra commands:
27310 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27311
27312   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27313 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27314 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
27315 modified version of TeX input format.
27316
27317   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27318 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
27319 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27320 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27321
27322   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27323 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27324 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27325 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27326 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27327 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27328 in the Texinfo file.
27329
27330   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27331 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
27332 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
27333 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27334 move forward past the closing brace.
27335
27336 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27337 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
27338
27339   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27340   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27341   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27342
27343 Here are the functions:
27344
27345     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
27346     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27347     texinfo-sequential-node-update
27348
27349     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27350     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27351     texinfo-master-menu
27352
27353     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27354
27355 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27356 which menu descriptions are indented.
27357
27358 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27359 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27360 in the region.
27361
27362 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27363 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27364 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27365 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27366
27367 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27368 be the first node in the file.
27369
27370 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27371 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27372
27373 \(fn)" t nil)
27374
27375 ;;;***
27376 \f
27377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27378 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
27379 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27380
27381 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27382 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27383 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27384 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27385
27386 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27389 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27390
27391 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27394 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27395
27396 \(fn)" t nil)
27397
27398 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27399
27400
27401 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27402
27403 ;;;***
27404 \f
27405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20999 25770 522517
27406 ;;;;;;  0))
27407 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27408
27409 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27410 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27411 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27412 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27413 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27414 `line', and `page'.
27415
27416 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27417
27418 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27420 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27421 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27422 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27423 `line', and `page'.
27424
27425 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27426 valid THING.
27427
27428 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27429 positions of the thing found.
27430
27431 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27432
27433 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27434 Return the THING at point.
27435 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27436 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27437 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27438 `line', `number', and `page'.
27439
27440 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27441 strip text properties from the return value.
27442
27443 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27444 a symbol as a valid THING.
27445
27446 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27447
27448 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27449 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27450
27451 \(fn)" nil nil)
27452
27453 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27454 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27455
27456 \(fn)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27459 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27460
27461 \(fn)" nil nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27464 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27465
27466 \(fn)" nil nil)
27467
27468 ;;;***
27469 \f
27470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27472
27473 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27474 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27475
27476 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27477
27478 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27479 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27480 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27481 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27482
27483 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27484
27485 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27486 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27487
27488 \(fn)" t nil)
27489
27490 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27491 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27492
27493 \(fn)" t nil)
27494
27495 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27496
27497 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27498 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27499
27500 \(fn)" t nil)
27501
27502 ;;;***
27503 \f
27504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27505 ;;;;;;  45095 436233 0))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27507
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27509 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27510 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27511
27512 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27515 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27516
27517 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27518
27519 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27520 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27521 The returned string has no composition information.
27522
27523 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27526 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27527
27528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27529
27530 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27531 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27532
27533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27536 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27537 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27538 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27539
27540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27541
27542 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27543 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27544 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27545 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27546
27547 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27548
27549 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27550 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27551 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27552
27553 \(fn)" t nil)
27554
27555 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27556 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27557 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27558
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27560
27561 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27562
27563
27564 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27567
27568
27569 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27572
27573
27574 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27575
27576 ;;;***
27577 \f
27578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27579 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
27580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27581 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27582
27583 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27584 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27585 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27586 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27587 parameters.
27588 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27589
27590 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27593 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27594 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27595 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27596 parameters.
27597 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27598
27599 \(fn)" t nil)
27600
27601 ;;;***
27602 \f
27603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27605
27606 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27607 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27608
27609 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27610 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27611
27612 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27613 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27614 This display updates automatically every minute.
27615 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27616 are displayed as well.
27617 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27618
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27620
27621 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27622 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27623 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27626 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27627
27628 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27631 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27633 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27634 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27635
27636 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27637 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27638 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27639 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
27640 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27641
27642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27645 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27646 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27647 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27648
27649 \(fn)" t nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27652 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27653 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27654 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27655
27656 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27659 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27660
27661 \(fn)" t nil)
27662
27663 ;;;***
27664 \f
27665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27666 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
27667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27668
27669 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27670 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27671 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27672
27673 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27674 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27675        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27676             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27677    (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27678  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27679
27680 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27681 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27682
27683 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27684
27685 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27686 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27687
27688 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27691 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27692
27693 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27696 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27697 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27698
27699 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27702
27703 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27704 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27705 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27706
27707 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27708
27709 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27710 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
27711
27712 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27715 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27716 DATE should be a date-time string.
27717
27718 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27719
27720 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27721 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27722 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27723
27724 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27725
27726 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27727 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27728
27729 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27730
27731 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27732 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27733
27734 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27737 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27738 TIME should be a time value.
27739 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27740
27741 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27744 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27745 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27746
27747 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27750 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27751 The valid format specifiers are:
27752 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27753 %d is the number of days.
27754 %h is the number of hours.
27755 %m is the number of minutes.
27756 %s is the number of seconds.
27757 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27758 %% is a literal \"%\".
27759
27760 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27761 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27762
27763 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27764 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27765 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27766
27767 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
27768 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27769 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27770
27771 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27772
27773 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27774
27775 ;;;***
27776 \f
27777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27778 ;;;;;;  0))
27779 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27780 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27785 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27787 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27788
27789 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27790 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27791 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27792 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
27793     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27794 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27795 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27796 look like one of the following:
27797       Time-stamp: <>
27798       Time-stamp: \" \"
27799 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27800       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27801 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27802 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27803 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27804 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27805 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27806 the template.
27807
27808 \(fn)" t nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27811 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27812 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27813
27814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27815
27816 ;;;***
27817 \f
27818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27819 ;;;;;;  58662 278539 0))
27820 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27821 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27822
27823 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27824 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27825 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27828 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27829
27830 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27831
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27833 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27834 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27835 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27836 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27837 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27838 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27839 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27840 display (non-nil means on).
27841
27842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27843
27844 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27845 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27846 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27847 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27848 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27849 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27850 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27851 this function is called within a day.
27852
27853 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27854 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27855 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27856 discover the name of the project.
27857
27858 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27859
27860 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27861 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27862 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27863 begun during the last time segment.
27864
27865 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27866 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27867 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27868 discover the reason.
27869
27870 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27871
27872 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27873 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27874 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27875 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27876 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27877
27878 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27879
27880 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27881 Change to working on a different project.
27882 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27883 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27884 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27885 working on.
27886
27887 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27888
27889 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27890 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27891 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27892
27893 \(fn)" nil nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27896 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27897 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27898
27899 \(fn)" t nil)
27900
27901 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27902 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27903 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27904 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27905 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27906 \"relative to today\".
27907
27908 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27911 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27912 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27913 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27914
27915 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27916
27917 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27918 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27919 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27920 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27921 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27922 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27923
27924 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27925
27926 ;;;***
27927 \f
27928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27929 ;;;;;;  (20929 34089 117790 0))
27930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27931
27932 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27933 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27934 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27935 the generated Quail package is saved.
27936
27937 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27938
27939 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27940 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27943 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27944  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27945 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27946
27947 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27948
27949 ;;;***
27950 \f
27951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21086 55571 430148 991000))
27952 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27953  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27954  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27955
27956 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27957 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27958 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27959 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27960 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27961
27962 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27963 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27964 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27965
27966 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27967
27968 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27969 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27970 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27971 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27972 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27973
27974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27975
27976 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27977 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27978 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
27979 in the menu in two ways:
27980    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27981    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27982 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27983
27984 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27985 keymap or an alist of alists.
27986 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27987 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27988
27989 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27990
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20982
27994 ;;;;;;  16679 447285 0))
27995 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27996
27997 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27998 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27999
28000 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28001 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28002 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28003 `todo-default-todo-file'.  Subsequent invocations from outside
28004 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28005 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28006 file was last visited.
28007
28008 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28009 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28010 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28011 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28012 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28013 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28014 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28015 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28016 for the first item.
28017
28018 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28019 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28020 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28021 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28022 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28023 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28024 file, if any.  Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28025 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28026
28027 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28028 by default.  The done items are hidden, but typing
28029 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28030 items.  With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28031 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28032
28033 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28034 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28035
28036 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28037
28038 ;;;***
28039 \f
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
28041 ;;;;;;  0))
28042 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28043
28044 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28045 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28046 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28047
28048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28049
28050 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28051 Add an item to the tool bar.
28052 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28053 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28054 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28055 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28056
28057 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28058 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28059 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28060 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28061
28062 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28063 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28064
28065 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28066
28067 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28068 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28069 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28070 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28071 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28072 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28073
28074 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28075 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28076 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28077 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28078
28079 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28080
28081 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28082 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28083 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28084 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28085 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28086 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28087 properties to add to the binding.
28088
28089 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28090
28091 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28092 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28093
28094 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28095
28096 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28097 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28098 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28099 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28100 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28101 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28102 properties to add to the binding.
28103
28104 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28105 holds a keymap.
28106
28107 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28108
28109 ;;;***
28110 \f
28111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21105 26139
28112 ;;;;;;  752484 0))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28114 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28115
28116 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28117 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28118 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28121 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28122
28123 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28124
28125 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28126 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28128 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28130
28131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28132
28133 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28134
28135 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28136 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28137
28138 \(fn)" t nil)
28139
28140 ;;;***
28141 \f
28142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28143 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28145
28146 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28147 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28148
28149 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28150 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
28151 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28152 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28153 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28154
28155 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28156 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28157 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28158 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
28159 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28160
28161   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28162   (tpu-edt)
28163
28164 Known Problems:
28165
28166 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28167 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
28168 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28169 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
28170 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
28171 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28172
28173 \(fn)" t nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21074 35375 473679
28178 ;;;;;;  0))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28180
28181 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28182 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28183 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28184 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28185 to a tcp server on another machine.
28186
28187 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28188
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
28192 ;;;;;;  645978 0))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28194
28195 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28196 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28197
28198 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28199
28200 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28201 Helper function to get internal values.
28202 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28203
28204 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28205
28206 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28207 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28208 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28209 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER.  This function generates the
28210 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28211 there might be!!  The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28212 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28213 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28214
28215 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28216
28217 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28220 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28221 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28222 changing the window configuration.
28223
28224 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28225
28226 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28227
28228 ;;;***
28229 \f
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21103 35626 321341
28231 ;;;;;;  0))
28232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28233
28234 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28235 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28236 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28237
28238 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28239
28240 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28241 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28242
28243 It can have the following values:
28244
28245   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28246   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28247
28248 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28249
28250 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28251 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28252 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28253 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28254
28255 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28256
28257 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28258 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28259 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28260 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28261
28262 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28263 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28264 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28265 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28266 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
28267 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28268 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28269 files which are not really Tramp files.
28270
28271 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28272 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28273 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28274 updated after changing this variable.
28275
28276 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28277
28278 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28279 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28280 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28281 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28282
28283 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28284
28285 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28286 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28287 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28288 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28289
28290 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28291 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28292 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28293
28294 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28295 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28296 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28297 updated after changing this variable.
28298
28299 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28300
28301 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28302 Alist of completion handler functions.
28303 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28304 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28305 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28306
28307 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28308 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28309 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28310 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28311
28312 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28313 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28314 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28315 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28316
28317 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28318 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28319 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28320
28321 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28322
28323 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28324 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28325 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28326
28327 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28328 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28329
28330 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28331
28332 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28333
28334
28335 \(fn)" nil nil)
28336
28337 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28338 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28339
28340 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28341
28342 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28343 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28344
28345 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28346
28347 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28348 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28349
28350 \(fn)" t nil)
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21089 2732
28355 ;;;;;;  351717 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28357
28358 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28359
28360
28361 \(fn)" nil nil)
28362
28363 ;;;***
28364 \f
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28366 ;;;;;;  0))
28367 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28368
28369 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28370 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28371 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28372 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28373 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28374 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28375 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28376 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28377
28378 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28379 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28380 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28381
28382 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28383 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28384 resumed later.
28385
28386 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28387
28388 ;;;***
28389 \f
28390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28391 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
28392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28393
28394 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28395
28396
28397 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28398
28399 ;;;***
28400 \f
28401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21049
28402 ;;;;;;  1191 520844 232000))
28403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28404  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28405  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28406  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28407
28408 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28409 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28410 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28411 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28412 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28413 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28414 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28415
28416 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28417
28418 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28419 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28420 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28421 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28422
28423 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28424
28425 \(fn)" t nil)
28426
28427 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28428 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28429 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28430 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28431 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28432 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28433 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28434
28435 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28436 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28437
28438 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28439                        \\___/\\
28440                         /    \\
28441    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28442
28443 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28444
28445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28446
28447 ;;;***
28448 \f
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28450 ;;;;;;  506000))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28452
28453 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28454 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28455 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28458 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28459
28460 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28461
28462 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28463 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28464 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28465
28466 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28467 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28468 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28469 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28470 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28471 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28472 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28473
28474 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28475 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28476
28477 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28478 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28479 reset the keystroke counter.
28480
28481 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28482 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28483 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28484 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28485
28486 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28487 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28488 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28489 `type-break-schedule' command.
28490
28491 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28492 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28493 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28494 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28495 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28496 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28497 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28498 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28499 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28500
28501 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28502 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28503 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28504 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28505 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28506
28507 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28508 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28509 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28510 approximate good values for this.
28511
28512 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28513 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28514
28515         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28516         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28517         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28518         `type-break-warning-repeat'
28519         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28520         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28521
28522 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28523 a typing break occur.  They include:
28524
28525         `type-break-query-mode'
28526         `type-break-query-function'
28527         `type-break-query-interval'
28528
28529 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28530
28531 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28532 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28533 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28534 problems.
28535
28536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28537
28538 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28539 Take a typing break.
28540
28541 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28542 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28543
28544 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28545 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28546
28547 \(fn)" t nil)
28548
28549 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28550 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28551 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28552 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28553
28554 \(fn)" t nil)
28555
28556 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28557 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28558
28559 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28560 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28561 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28562 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28563 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28564 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28565 average typing speed.)
28566
28567 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28568 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28569 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28570 the computed maximum threshold.
28571
28572 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28573 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28574 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28575 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28576 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28577
28578 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28579
28580 ;;;***
28581 \f
28582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21082 29482 330637 0))
28583 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28584
28585 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28586 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28587 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28588 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28589 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28590
28591 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28592
28593 ;;;***
28594 \f
28595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28596 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28598
28599 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28600 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28601
28602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28603
28604 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28605 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28606
28607 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28608
28609 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28610 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28611
28612 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28613
28614 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28615 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28616
28617 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28618
28619 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28620 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28621
28622 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28623
28624 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28625 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28626
28627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28628
28629 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28630 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28631
28632 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28633
28634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28635 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28636
28637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28638
28639 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28640 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28641
28642 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28643
28644 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28645 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28646
28647 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28648
28649 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28650 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28651
28652 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28653
28654 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28655 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28656
28657 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28658
28659 ;;;***
28660 \f
28661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28662 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28663 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28664
28665 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28666 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28667 Works by overstriking underscores.
28668 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28669 which specify the range to operate on.
28670
28671 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28674 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28675 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28676 which specify the range to operate on.
28677
28678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28679
28680 ;;;***
28681 \f
28682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28683 ;;;;;;  0))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28685
28686 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28687 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28688 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28689 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28690 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28691 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28692
28693 \(fn)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28696 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28697 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28698
28699 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28700
28701 ;;;***
28702 \f
28703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28704 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28706
28707 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28708 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28709 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28710 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28711
28712 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28713
28714 ;;;***
28715 \f
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28717 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28718
28719 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28720 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28721 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
28722 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28723 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28724
28725 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28726 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28727 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28728 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28729 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28730 occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28731
28732 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28733 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28734 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28735
28736 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28737 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28738 the callback is not called).
28739
28740 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28741 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28742 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28743 take effect.
28744
28745 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28746 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28747 the server.
28748 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28749 URL-encoded before it's used.
28750
28751 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28752
28753 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28754 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28755 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28756 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28757 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28758
28759 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28760
28761 ;;;***
28762 \f
28763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28764 ;;;;;;  0))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28766
28767 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28768 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28769 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28770
28771 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28772        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28773        `url-generic-parse-url'
28774 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28775        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28776        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28777        realm
28778 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28779        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28780        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28781        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28782        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28783        what type of auth to use
28784 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28785        if one cannot be found in the cache
28786
28787 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28790 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28791
28792 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28793          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28794          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28795 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28796          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28797 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28798          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28799          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28800
28801 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28802
28803 ;;;***
28804 \f
28805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28806 ;;;;;;  700824 0))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28808
28809 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28810 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28811
28812 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28815 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28816 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28817
28818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28819
28820 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28821 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28822
28823 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28824
28825 ;;;***
28826 \f
28827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28828 ;;;;;;  0))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28830
28831 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28832
28833
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28835
28836 ;;;***
28837 \f
28838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28839 ;;;;;;  0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28841
28842 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28843 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28844 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28845
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847
28848 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28849 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
28850 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28851 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28852
28853 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
28854 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
28855 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28856 though.
28857
28858 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28859
28860 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28861 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28862 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28863
28864 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28867
28868
28869 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870
28871 ;;;***
28872 \f
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28874 ;;;;;;  0))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28876
28877 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28878 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28879
28880 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28881
28882 ;;;***
28883 \f
28884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28885 ;;;;;;  0))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28887
28888 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28889 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28890
28891 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28892
28893 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28894 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28895 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28896 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28897 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28898
28899 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28900
28901 ;;;***
28902 \f
28903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28904 ;;;;;;  58408 354075 0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28906
28907 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28908 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28909 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28912 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28913
28914 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28915
28916 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28917 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28919 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
28920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28921
28922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28925 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28926 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
28927 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28928
28929 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28930
28931 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28932 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
28933 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28934 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28935 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28936 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28937 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28938 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
28939 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28940 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28941
28942 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28945 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28946 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28947 accessible.
28948
28949 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28950
28951 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28952
28953
28954 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28955
28956 ;;;***
28957 \f
28958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21063 65063 266334
28959 ;;;;;;  0))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28961  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28962
28963 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28964  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28965  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28966  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28967  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28968
28969 ;;;***
28970 \f
28971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28972 ;;;;;;  0))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28974
28975 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28976
28977
28978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28979
28980 ;;;***
28981 \f
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28983 ;;;;;;  0))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28985
28986 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28987 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28988 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28989 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28990 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28991
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28997 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29001
29002
29003 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29004
29005 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29006 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29007
29008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29009
29010 ;;;***
29011 \f
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21047 30582 575560
29013 ;;;;;;  699000))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29017 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29018
29019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29022 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29023
29024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29025
29026 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29027
29028
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29030
29031 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29032
29033 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29034
29035 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29036
29037 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29038 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29039
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29041
29042 ;;;***
29043 \f
29044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
29045 ;;;;;;  506000))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29047
29048 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29049
29050
29051 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29052
29053 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29054
29055
29056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29057
29058 ;;;***
29059 \f
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
29061 ;;;;;;  0))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29063
29064 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29065
29066
29067 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29068
29069 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29070
29071
29072 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29075
29076
29077 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29080
29081
29082 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29085
29086
29087 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29090
29091
29092 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29095
29096
29097 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29098
29099 ;;;***
29100 \f
29101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29102 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29103 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29104
29105 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29106 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29107
29108 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29109
29110 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29111 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29112 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29113
29114 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29115 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
29116 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29117 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29118          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29119 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29120 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29121 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29122          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29123 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29124          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29125          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29126 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29127          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29128
29129 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29130 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29131 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29132
29133 Here is an example.  The URL
29134
29135   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29136
29137 parses to
29138
29139   TYPE     = \"foo\"
29140   USER     = \"bob\"
29141   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29142   HOST     = \"example.com\"
29143   PORTSPEC = 42
29144   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29145   TARGET   = \"nose\"
29146   ATTRIBUTES = nil
29147   FULLNESS = t
29148
29149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29150
29151 ;;;***
29152 \f
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29154 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29155 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29156
29157 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29158 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29159
29160 \(fn)" t nil)
29161
29162 ;;;***
29163 \f
29164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29165 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29167
29168 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29169 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29170 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29171 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
29172 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29173 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29174
29175 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29176
29177 ;;;***
29178 \f
29179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21063 65063 266334
29180 ;;;;;;  0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29182
29183 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29184 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29185 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29186
29187 If t, all messages will be logged.
29188 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29189 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29190
29191 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29192
29193 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29194
29195
29196 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29199
29200
29201 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29204 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29205 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29206 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
29207 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
29208     &  ==>  &amp;
29209     <  ==>  &lt;
29210     >  ==>  &gt;
29211     \"  ==>  &quot;
29212
29213 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29214
29215 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29216 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29217 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29218
29219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29220
29221 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29222 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29223 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29224
29225 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29228 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29229
29230 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29233 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29234
29235 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29238 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29239
29240 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29243
29244
29245 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29246
29247 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29248
29249
29250 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29251
29252 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29253
29254 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29255 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29256
29257 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29258
29259 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29260 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29261
29262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29265
29266
29267 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29268
29269 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29270 Build a query-string.
29271
29272 Given a QUERY in the form:
29273 '((key1 val1)
29274   (key2 val2)
29275   (key3 val1 val2)
29276   (key4)
29277   (key5 \"\"))
29278
29279 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29280
29281 This will return a string
29282 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29283 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29284 be used.
29285
29286 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29287
29288 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29289 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29290
29291 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29292
29293 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29294 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29295 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29296 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29297 forbidden in URL encoding.
29298
29299 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29300
29301 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29302 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29303 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29304 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29305 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29306 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29307
29308 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
29309 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29310 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29311 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29312
29313 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29314
29315 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29316 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29317 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29318 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
29319 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29320 should return it unchanged.
29321
29322 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29323
29324 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29325 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29326 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29327 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29328
29329 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29330
29331 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29332 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29333 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29334
29335 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29336
29337 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29338 View the current document's URL.
29339 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29340 the minibuffer.
29341
29342 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29343
29344 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29345
29346 ;;;***
29347 \f
29348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29349 ;;;;;;  0))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29351
29352 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29353 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29354 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29355   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29356     to refrain from editing the file
29357   return t (grab the lock on the file)
29358   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29359 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29360 in any way you like.
29361
29362 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29365 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29366 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29367 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29368 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29369
29370 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29371 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29372
29373 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29374
29375 ;;;***
29376 \f
29377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29378 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29380
29381 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29382
29383
29384 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29385
29386 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29387
29388
29389 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29392
29393
29394 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29397
29398
29399 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29400
29401 ;;;***
29402 \f
29403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29405
29406 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29407 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29408
29409 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29410
29411 ;;;***
29412 \f
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29414 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29416
29417 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29418 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29419 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
29420 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29421
29422 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29423
29424 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29425 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29426 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29427
29428 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29431 Uudecode region between START and END.
29432 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29433
29434 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29435
29436 ;;;***
29437 \f
29438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21098 17703 588969 0))
29439 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29440
29441 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29442 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29443 See `run-hooks'.")
29444
29445 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29446
29447 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29448 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29449 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29450
29451 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29452
29453 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29454 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29455 See `run-hooks'.")
29456
29457 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29458
29459 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29460 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29461 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29462 same state.  If not, signal an error.
29463
29464 For merging-based version control systems:
29465   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29466    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29467   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29468    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29469   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29470    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29471
29472 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29473   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29474   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29475    the file(s) for editing.
29476   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29477    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
29478    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29479    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29480   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29481   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29482
29483 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29486 Register into a version control system.
29487 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29488 Otherwise register the current file.
29489 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29490 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29491
29492 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29493 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29494 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29495 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29496 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29497 first backend that could register the file is used.
29498
29499 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29500
29501 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29502 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29503
29504 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29507 Display diffs between file revisions.
29508 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29509 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29510 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29511
29512 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29513 saving the buffer.
29514
29515 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29518 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29519 repository history using ediff.
29520
29521 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29524 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29525 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29526 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29527 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29528
29529 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29530 saving the buffer.
29531
29532 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29535 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29536 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29537 fileset with the working revision.
29538 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29539 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29540
29541 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29542 saving the buffer.
29543
29544 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29545
29546 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29547 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29548 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29549 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29550
29551 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29552
29553 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29554 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29555 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29556 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29557
29558 \(fn)" t nil)
29559
29560 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29561 Perform a version control merge operation.
29562 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29563 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29564 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29565 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29566
29567 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29568 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
29569 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
29570 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29571 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29572 changes from the current branch.
29573
29574 \(fn)" t nil)
29575
29576 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29577
29578 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29579 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29580 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29581 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29582 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29583 checked out in that new branch.
29584
29585 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29586
29587 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29588 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29589 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29590 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29591 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29592 allowed and simply skipped).
29593
29594 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29597 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29598 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29599 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29600 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29601
29602 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29603 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29604
29605 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29606
29607 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29608 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29609 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29610 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29611 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29612
29613 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29614
29615 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29616 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29617 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29618
29619 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29620
29621 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29622 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29623 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29624
29625 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29626
29627 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29628 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29629 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29630 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29631
29632 \(fn)" t nil)
29633
29634 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29635 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29636 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29637 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29638
29639 \(fn)" t nil)
29640
29641 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29642
29643 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29644 Update the current fileset or branch.
29645 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29646 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29647 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29648 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29649
29650 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29651 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
29652 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29653 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29654 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29655
29656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29657
29658 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29659
29660 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29661 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29662 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29663 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29664 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29665 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29666 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29667
29668 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29669
29670 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29671 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29672 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29673 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29674 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29675 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29676 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29677 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29678 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29679
29680 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29681
29682 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29683 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29684 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29685 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29686
29687 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29688
29689 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29690 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29691 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29692 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29693
29694 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29697 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29698 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29699 directory.
29700
29701 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29702
29703 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29704 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29705 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29706
29707 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29708 log entries should be gathered.
29709
29710 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29711
29712 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29713 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29714
29715 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29716
29717 ;;;***
29718 \f
29719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21031 51082
29720 ;;;;;;  798722 0))
29721 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29722
29723 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29724 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29725
29726 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29727 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29728 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29729 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29730 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29731 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29732
29733 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29734 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29735 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29736 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29737 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29738 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29739 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29740 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29741
29742 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29743
29744 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29745
29746 Customization variables:
29747
29748 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29749 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29750 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29751 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29752
29753 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29754
29755 ;;;***
29756 \f
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21071 59176 747909
29758 ;;;;;;  0))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29760  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29761   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29762       (progn
29763         (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29764         (vc-arch-registered file))))
29765
29766 ;;;***
29767 \f
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21041 38058 75002
29769 ;;;;;;  0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29771
29772 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29773 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29774
29775 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29776 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29777  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29778   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29779       (progn
29780         (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29781         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29782
29783 ;;;***
29784 \f
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29786 ;;;;;;  0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29788 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29789   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29790   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29791                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29792       (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29793       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29794
29795 ;;;***
29796 \f
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21053 29224 547064
29798 ;;;;;;  0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29800
29801 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29802 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29803 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29804 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29805 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29806
29807 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29808 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29809 The file lines appear later.
29810
29811 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29812 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29813
29814 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29815
29816 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29817
29818 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29819
29820 ;;;***
29821 \f
29822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21041
29823 ;;;;;;  38058 75002 0))
29824 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29825
29826 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29827 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29828 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29829 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
29830 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
29831 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29832 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29833 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29834 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29835 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29836 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29837 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29838 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29839 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29840 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29841
29842 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29843
29844 ;;;***
29845 \f
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21067 62128 15681
29847 ;;;;;;  0))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29849  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29850   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29851   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
29852       (progn
29853         (load "vc-git" nil t)
29854         (vc-git-registered file))))
29855
29856 ;;;***
29857 \f
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21031 51082 798722 0))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29860  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29861   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29862   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
29863       (progn
29864         (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29865         (vc-hg-registered file))))
29866
29867 ;;;***
29868 \f
29869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21071 59176 747909
29870 ;;;;;;  0))
29871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29872
29873 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29874 Name of the monotone directory.")
29875
29876 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29877 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29878  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29879   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29880       (progn
29881         (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29882         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29883
29884 ;;;***
29885 \f
29886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29887 ;;;;;;  0))
29888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29889
29890 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29891 Where to look for RCS master files.
29892 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29893
29894 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29895
29896 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29897
29898 ;;;***
29899 \f
29900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21056 5418 85093
29901 ;;;;;;  0))
29902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29903
29904 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29905 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29906 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29907
29908 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29909
29910 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29911
29912 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29913 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29914 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29915 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29916
29917 ;;;***
29918 \f
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21077 42241 670130
29920 ;;;;;;  556000))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29922  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29923   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29924                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29925                           "_svn")
29926                          (t ".svn"))))
29927     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29928       (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29929       (vc-svn-registered f))))
29930
29931 ;;;***
29932 \f
29933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29934 ;;;;;;  60586 188550 0))
29935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29936 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29937  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
29938
29939 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29940 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29941
29942 Usage:
29943 ------
29944
29945   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29946     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29947     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29948     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29949
29950   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29951     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29952     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29953     completions.
29954
29955     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29956     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29957
29958   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29959     uncomments a region if already commented out.
29960
29961   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
29962     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29963     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29964
29965   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29966
29967
29968 Maintenance:
29969 ------------
29970
29971 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29972 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29973
29974 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29975
29976 Official distribution is at
29977 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29978
29979
29980                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
29981                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29982
29983 Key bindings:
29984 -------------
29985
29986 \\{vera-mode-map}
29987
29988 \(fn)" t nil)
29989
29990 ;;;***
29991 \f
29992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29993 ;;;;;;  (21091 44456 774347 0))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29995
29996 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29997 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29998 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29999 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30000 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30001
30002 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30003
30004 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30006
30007 Supports highlighting.
30008
30009 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30010 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30011
30012 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30013
30014  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
30015    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30016  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
30017    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30018    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30019    on the left side of your screen.
30020  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
30021    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30022    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30023  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
30024    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30025    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30026    function keyword.
30027  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
30028    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30029  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
30030    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30031       if (a)
30032         begin
30033  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
30034    Indentation for case statements.
30035  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
30036    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30037    mark after an end.
30038  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
30039    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30040  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
30041    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30042    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30043  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
30044    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30045    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
30046    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
30047       if (a)
30048          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30049    otherwise you get:
30050       if (a)
30051       begin
30052  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
30053    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30054    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30055    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30056  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30057    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30058    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
30059    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30060    comments in tight quarters.
30061  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
30062    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30063
30064 Variables controlling other actions:
30065
30066  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
30067    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
30068    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30069
30070 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30071
30072 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30073
30074     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
30075     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
30076     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30077
30078 Some other functions are:
30079
30080     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30081     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
30082     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
30083     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
30084     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30085
30086     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
30087     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30088     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
30089     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
30090
30091     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30092     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
30093     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30094     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30095     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30096     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
30097     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30098     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30099     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30100     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
30101     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object]  Insert an UVM Object block.
30102     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component]  Insert an UVM Component block.
30103     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30104     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30105     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30106     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30107     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30108     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30109     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30110     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30111     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30112     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
30113     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30114     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30115     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30116     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30117     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30118     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30119     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30120     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30121     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30122
30123 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30124 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30125
30126 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30127
30128 \(fn)" t nil)
30129
30130 ;;;***
30131 \f
30132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30133 ;;;;;;  39729 858825 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30135
30136 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30137 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30138
30139 Usage:
30140 ------
30141
30142   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30143     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30144     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
30145     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30146     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
30147     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
30148     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30149     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
30150     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30151
30152       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30153     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
30154     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30155     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30156
30157       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30158     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30159     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30160     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30161     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30162
30163       Template styles can be customized in customization group
30164     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30165
30166
30167   HEADER INSERTION:
30168     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
30169     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30170     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30171
30172
30173   STUTTERING:
30174     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30175     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30176     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30177     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30178
30179       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
30180       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
30181       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
30182       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
30183       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
30184
30185
30186   WORD COMPLETION:
30187     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30188     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30189     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
30190     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30191
30192       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30193     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
30194     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30195     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30196     beginning with \"std\").
30197
30198       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30199     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30200     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30201     stop.
30202
30203
30204   COMMENTS:
30205         `--'       puts a single comment.
30206         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30207         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30208                    with a comment in between.
30209         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
30210                    out following lines.
30211         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
30212                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
30213                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30214                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30215
30216       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30217     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30218     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30219     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30220     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30221     non-nil.
30222
30223       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30224     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
30225     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
30226     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30227     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
30228     multi-line comments.
30229
30230
30231   INDENTATION:
30232     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
30233     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
30234     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30235     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30236     the entire region.
30237
30238       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30239     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
30240     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30241     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30242
30243       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30244     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30245     and vice versa.
30246
30247       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
30248     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30249
30250       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30251     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30252     line.
30253
30254
30255   ALIGNMENT:
30256     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30257     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30258     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30259     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30260     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30261     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
30262     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30263     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30264
30265       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30266     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30267     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30268     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
30269     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30270     is non-nil.
30271
30272       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30273     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30274     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30275
30276       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
30277     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30278
30279
30280   CODE FILLING:
30281     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30282     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30283     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30284     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30285     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30286     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30287
30288
30289   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30290     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30291     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30292     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30293     command:
30294
30295       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30296
30297
30298   PORT TRANSLATION:
30299     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30300     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30301     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30302     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30303     internal signal initializations (menu).
30304
30305       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30306     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
30307     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30308
30309       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30310     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
30311     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30312     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
30313     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30314     in subsequent paste operations.)
30315
30316       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30317     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30318     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30319
30320
30321   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30322     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30323     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
30324     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30325     association list with formals).
30326
30327
30328   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30329     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
30330     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30331     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
30332     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30333     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
30334     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30335     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30336    `vhdl-testbench'.
30337
30338
30339   KEY BINDINGS:
30340     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30341
30342
30343   VHDL MENU:
30344     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30345
30346
30347   FILE BROWSER:
30348     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
30349     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30350     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30351
30352       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30353     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30354
30355
30356   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30357     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30358     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30359     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30360
30361       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30362     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30363     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30364
30365       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30366     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
30367     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
30368     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30369
30370       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30371     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
30372     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30373     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30374     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30375
30376       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30377     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30378     required by secondary units.
30379
30380
30381   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30382     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30383     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30384     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30385     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
30386     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30387     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30388       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30389         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30390       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30391         inputs to this component -> input port created
30392       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30393         outputs from this component -> output port created
30394       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30395         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30396
30397       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30398     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30399     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30400     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30401     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30402
30403       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30404     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30405
30406       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30407     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30408     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
30409     component instantiation is also supported (option
30410     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30411
30412       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30413     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30414     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
30415     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30416     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30417     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30418     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
30419     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30420     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
30421     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30422     generating the configuration.
30423
30424       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30425     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30426     configurations in speedbar.
30427
30428       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30429
30430
30431   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30432     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30433     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
30434     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
30435     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30436     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30437     information.  New compilers can be added.
30438
30439       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30440     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30441
30442
30443   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30444     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30445     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
30446     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
30447     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30448
30449       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30450     command:
30451
30452         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30453               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30454               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30455
30456       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30457     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30458     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
30459     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
30460     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30461     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30462     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
30463     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30464     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30465
30466     Limitations:
30467       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30468         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30469         not (yet) supported.
30470       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30471         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30472       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30473
30474
30475   PROJECTS:
30476     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30477     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30478     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
30479     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30480     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30481     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30482     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30483     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30484
30485       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30486     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30487     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
30488     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30489     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30490     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30491     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
30492     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
30493     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30494     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30495     `vhdl-project-alist'.
30496
30497
30498   SPECIAL MENUES:
30499     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30500     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30501     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30502     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30503     larger than 256000).  Also, a source file menu can be
30504     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30505     current directory for VHDL source files.
30506
30507
30508   VHDL STANDARDS:
30509     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30510     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30511
30512
30513   KEYWORD CASE:
30514     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30515     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
30516     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30517     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30518     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
30519     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30520     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30521     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30522
30523
30524   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30525     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30526     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30527     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30528     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30529     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30530     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30531
30532       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30533     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30534     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30535     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
30536     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30537     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30538
30539       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30540     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30541     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
30542     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30543     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30544     visually.
30545
30546       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30547     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
30548     highlighted if written in lower case.
30549
30550       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30551     highlighted using a different background color if option
30552     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30553
30554       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30555     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
30556     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30557     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30558     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30559
30560
30561   USER MODELS:
30562     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30563     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30564     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30565
30566
30567   HIDE/SHOW:
30568     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30569     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30570     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30571     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
30572     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30573
30574
30575   CODE UPDATING:
30576     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30577       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30578       Limitations:
30579         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30580           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30581         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30582           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30583         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30584       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30585       (used to obtain the port names).
30586       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30587       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30588       sensitivity lists.
30589
30590
30591   CODE FIXING:
30592     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30593     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30594
30595
30596   PRINTING:
30597     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30598     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30599     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30600     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30601     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30602     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
30603     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30604     printers.
30605
30606
30607   OPTIONS:
30608     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
30609     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
30610     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30611     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
30612     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30613
30614       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30615     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30616     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
30617     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30618     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30619     INSTALL file).
30620
30621       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30622     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30623
30624
30625   FILE EXTENSIONS:
30626     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30627     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
30628     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30629
30630       (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30631
30632
30633   HINTS:
30634     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30635       a VHDL file first, use the command:
30636
30637         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30638
30639     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30640
30641     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30642
30643
30644   RELEASE NOTES:
30645     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30646
30647
30648 Maintenance:
30649 ------------
30650
30651 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30652 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30653
30654 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30655
30656 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30657 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30658 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
30659 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30660
30661 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30662 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30663 where the latest version can be found.
30664
30665
30666 Known problems:
30667 ---------------
30668
30669 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30670 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30671 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30672 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30673
30674
30675                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
30676                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30677
30678 Key bindings:
30679 -------------
30680
30681 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30682
30683 \(fn)" t nil)
30684
30685 ;;;***
30686 \f
30687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30688 ;;;;;;  0))
30689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30690
30691 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30692 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30693 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30694 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30695
30696 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30697 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30698 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30699 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30700 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30701
30702 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30703 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30704
30705 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30706
30707 * Limitations and unsupported features
30708   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30709     not supported.
30710   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30711   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30712
30713 * Modifications
30714   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30715     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30716     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30717   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30718     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
30719     for undoing a repeated change command.
30720   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30721     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
30722   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30723
30724 * Extensions
30725   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30726     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30727   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30728     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30729   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30730     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30731     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
30732   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30733
30734 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30735
30736 \(fn)" t nil)
30737
30738 ;;;***
30739 \f
30740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30741 ;;;;;;  45095 436233 0))
30742 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30743
30744 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30745 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30746
30747 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30748
30749 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30750 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30751 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30752 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30753
30754 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30755
30756 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30757 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30758
30759 \(fn)" t nil)
30760
30761 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30762 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30763 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30764 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30765
30766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30767
30768 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30769 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30770
30771 \(fn)" t nil)
30772
30773 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30774
30775
30776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30777
30778 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30779
30780
30781 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30782
30783 ;;;***
30784 \f
30785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30786 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30787
30788 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30789 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30790 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30791
30792 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30793
30794 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30795 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30796 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30797 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30798
30799 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30800
30801 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30802 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30803
30804 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30805
30806 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30807 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30808 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30809 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30810 moving around in the buffer.
30811 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30812 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30813
30814 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30815
30816 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30817
30818 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30819 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30820 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30821 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30822
30823 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30824 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30825 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30826 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30827 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30828
30829 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30830
30831 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30832
30833 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30834 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30835 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30836 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30837 buffer.
30838
30839 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30840 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30841 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30842 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30843 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30844
30845 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30846
30847 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30848
30849 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30850 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30851 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30852 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30853 moving around in the buffer.
30854 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30855 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30856
30857 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30858
30859 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30860 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30861 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30862
30863 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30864 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30865 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
30866 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30867
30868 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30869 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30870 own View-like bindings.
30871
30872 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30873
30874 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30875 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30876 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30877 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30878 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30879 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30880 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30881
30882 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30883
30884 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30885
30886 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30887 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30888 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30889
30890 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30891 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30892 own View-like bindings.
30893
30894 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30895
30896 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30897 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30898 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30899 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30900 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30901 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30902 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30903
30904 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30905
30906 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30907
30908 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30909 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30910 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30911
30912 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30913 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30914 own View-like bindings.
30915
30916 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30917
30918 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30919 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30921 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30922 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30923
30924 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30925 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
30926 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
30927 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30928
30929 \\<view-mode-map>
30930
30931 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
30932 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
30933 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30934 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30935 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30936 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
30937 to a repeat count of one.
30938
30939 H, h, ?  This message.
30940 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
30941 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
30942 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30943 >       move to the end of buffer.
30944 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30945 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30946           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30947 DEL, S-SPC  scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30948               With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30949 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30950 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30951 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30952           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30953 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30954           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30955 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30956 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30957 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30958           Use this to view a changing file.
30959 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
30960 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30961 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30962 .       set the mark.
30963 x       exchanges point and mark.
30964 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
30965           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30966           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30967 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
30968 '       go to position saved in character register.
30969 s       do forward incremental search.
30970 r       do reverse incremental search.
30971 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30972           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30973           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
30974           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30975 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30976 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
30977 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
30978 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30979           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30980 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
30981           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30982           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30983 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30984           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30985 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30986 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30987 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30988
30989 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
30990 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30991 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30992 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30993 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30994 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30995 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30996 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30997 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30998
30999 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31000
31001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31002
31003 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31004 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31005 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31006 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31007 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
31008 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31009 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31010 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31011 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31012
31013 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31014
31015 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31016
31017 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31018 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31019 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31020 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31021 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31022 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31023
31024 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31025 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
31026 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31027
31028 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31029
31030 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31031
31032 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31033
31034 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31035 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31036
31037 \(fn)" t nil)
31038
31039 ;;;***
31040 \f
31041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
31042 ;;;;;;  0))
31043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31044
31045 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31046 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31047
31048 \(fn)" nil nil)
31049
31050 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31051 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31052
31053 \(fn)" t nil)
31054
31055 ;;;***
31056 \f
31057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
31058 ;;;;;;  0))
31059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31060 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31061
31062 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31063 Toggle Viper on/off.
31064 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
31065
31066 \(fn)" t nil)
31067
31068 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31069 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31070
31071 \(fn)" t nil)
31072
31073 ;;;***
31074 \f
31075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
31076 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
31077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31078
31079 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31080 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31081 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31082 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31083 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31084 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31085 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
31086 the beginning of the warning.")
31087
31088 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31089 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31090 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31091 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31092 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31093 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31094 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31095 also call that function before the next warning.")
31096
31097 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31098 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31099
31100 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31101 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31102 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31103 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31104
31105 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31106 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31107 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31108 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31109 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31110 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31111
31112 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31113 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31114 Default is :warning.
31115
31116 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31117               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31118 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31119 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31120               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31121 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31122
31123 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31124 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
31125 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31126
31127 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31128
31129 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31130 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31131
31132 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31133
31134 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31135 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31136 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31137 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31138
31139 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31140 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31141 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31142 can be whatever you like.)
31143
31144 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31145 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31146
31147 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31148               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31149 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
31150 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31151 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31152
31153 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31154
31155 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31156 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31157 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31158 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31159 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31160
31161 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31162
31163 ;;;***
31164 \f
31165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31167 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31168
31169 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31170 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31171 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31172 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31173 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31174 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31175 directories to reflect your edits.
31176
31177 See `wdired-mode'.
31178
31179 \(fn)" t nil)
31180
31181 ;;;***
31182 \f
31183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31184 ;;;;;;  0))
31185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31186
31187 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31188 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31189
31190 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31191 hotlist.
31192
31193 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31194 <nwv@acm.org>.
31195
31196 \(fn)" t nil)
31197
31198 ;;;***
31199 \f
31200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31201 ;;;;;;  15912 444844 0))
31202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31203  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31204  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31205
31206 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31207
31208 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31209 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31210 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31213 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31214
31215 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31216
31217 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31218 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31220 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31222
31223 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
31224 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31225 in certain major modes.
31226
31227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228
31229 ;;;***
31230 \f
31231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31232 ;;;;;;  0))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31234 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31235
31236 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31237 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31239 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31241
31242 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31243 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31244
31245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31246
31247 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31248 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31250 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31251 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31252
31253 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31254 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31255 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31256 use `whitespace-mode'.
31257
31258 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31259
31260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31261
31262 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31263 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31264 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31267 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31268
31269 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31270
31271 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31272 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31274 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31275 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31276
31277 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31278 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31279
31280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31281
31282 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31283 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31284 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31287 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31288
31289 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31290
31291 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31292 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31294 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
31295 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31296
31297 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31298 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
31299 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31300 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31301
31302 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31303
31304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31305
31306 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31307 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31308
31309 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31310 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31311
31312 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31313 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31314
31315 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31316
31317   CHAR  MEANING
31318   (VIA FACES)
31319    f    toggle face visualization
31320    t    toggle TAB visualization
31321    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31322    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31323    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31324    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31325    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31326    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31327    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31328    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31329    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31330    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31331    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31332    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31333    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31334    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31335    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31336
31337   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31338    T    toggle TAB visualization
31339    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31340    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31341
31342    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31343    ?    display brief help
31344
31345 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31346 The valid symbols are:
31347
31348    face                 toggle face visualization
31349    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31350    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31351    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31352    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31353    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31354    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31355    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31356    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31357    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31358    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31359    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31360    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31361    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31362    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31363    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31364    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31365
31366    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31367    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31368    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31369
31370    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31371
31372 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31373
31374 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31375
31376 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31377 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31378
31379 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31380 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31381
31382 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31383 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31384
31385 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31386
31387   CHAR  MEANING
31388   (VIA FACES)
31389    f    toggle face visualization
31390    t    toggle TAB visualization
31391    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31392    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31393    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31394    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31395    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31396    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31397    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31398    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31399    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31400    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31401    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31402    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31403    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31404    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31405    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31406
31407   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31408    T    toggle TAB visualization
31409    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31410    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31411
31412    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31413    ?    display brief help
31414
31415 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31416 The valid symbols are:
31417
31418    face                 toggle face visualization
31419    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31420    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31421    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31422    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31423    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31424    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31425    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31426    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31427    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31428    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31429    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31430    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31431    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31432    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31433    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31434    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31435
31436    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31437    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31438    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31439
31440    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31441
31442 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31443
31444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31445
31446 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31447 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31448
31449 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31450 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
31451 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31452 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31453 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31454
31455 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31456
31457 The problems cleaned up are:
31458
31459 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31460 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31461    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31462    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31463
31464 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31465    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31466    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31467    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31468    SPACEs.
31469    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31470    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31471    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31472    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31473
31474 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31475    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31476    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31477    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31478    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31479    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31480    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31481    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31482
31483 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31484    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31485    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31486
31487 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31488    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31489    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31490    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31491    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31492    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31493    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31494    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31495
31496 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31497 documentation.
31498
31499 \(fn)" t nil)
31500
31501 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31502 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31503
31504 The problems cleaned up are:
31505
31506 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31507    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31508    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31509    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31510    SPACEs.
31511    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31512    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31513    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31514    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31515
31516 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31517    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31518    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31519    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31520    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31521    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31522    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31523    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31524
31525 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31526    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31527    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31528
31529 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31530    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31531    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31532    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31533    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31534    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31535    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31536    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31537
31538 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31539 documentation.
31540
31541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31542
31543 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31544 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31545
31546 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31547 non-nil.
31548
31549 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31550 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31551 `whitespace-style' to have:
31552
31553    empty
31554    trailing
31555    indentation
31556    space-before-tab
31557    space-after-tab
31558
31559 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31560 whitespace problems in buffer.
31561
31562 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31563
31564 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31565    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31566    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31567    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31568    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31569    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31570    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31571
31572 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31573    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31574    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31575    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31576    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31577    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31578    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31579
31580 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31581 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31582 cleaning up these problems.
31583
31584 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31585
31586 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31587 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31588
31589 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31590 non-nil.
31591
31592 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31593 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31594 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31595
31596    empty
31597    indentation
31598    space-before-tab
31599    trailing
31600    space-after-tab
31601
31602 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31603 whitespace problems in buffer.
31604
31605 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31606
31607 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31608    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31609    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31610    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31611    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31612    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31613    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31614
31615 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31616    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31617    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31618    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31619    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31620    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31621    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31622
31623 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31624 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31625 cleaning up these problems.
31626
31627 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31628
31629 ;;;***
31630 \f
31631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31632 ;;;;;;  0))
31633 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31634
31635 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31636 Browse the widget under point.
31637
31638 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31639
31640 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31641 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31642
31643 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31644
31645 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31646 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31647
31648 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31649
31650 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31651 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31653 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31654 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31655
31656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31657
31658 ;;;***
31659 \f
31660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31661 ;;;;;;  0))
31662 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31663
31664 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31665 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31666
31667 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31668
31669 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31670 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31671 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31672
31673 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31674
31675 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31676 Create widget of TYPE.
31677 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31678
31679 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31680
31681 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31682 Delete WIDGET.
31683
31684 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31685
31686 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31687 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31688
31689 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31690
31691 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31692 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31693 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31694 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31695
31696 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31697 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31698
31699 \(fn)" nil nil)
31700
31701 ;;;***
31702 \f
31703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31704 ;;;;;;  0))
31705 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31706
31707 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31708 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31709 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31710 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31711 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31712 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31713 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31714
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31716
31717 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31718 Select the window above the current one.
31719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31720 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31721 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31722 negative ARG) of the current window.
31723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31724
31725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31726
31727 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31728 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31729 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31730 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31731 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31732 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31733 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31734
31735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31736
31737 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31738 Select the window below the current one.
31739 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31740 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31741 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31742 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31743 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31744
31745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31746
31747 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31748 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31749 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31750 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31751
31752 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31753
31754 ;;;***
31755 \f
31756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31757 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31758
31759 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31760 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31761 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31764 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31765
31766 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31769 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31771 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31772 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31773 \\{winner-mode-map}
31774
31775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31776
31777 ;;;***
31778 \f
31779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31780 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31781 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31782
31783 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31784 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31785 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31786 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31787 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31788
31789 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31790
31791 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31792 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31793 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31794 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31795 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31796 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31797 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31798 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31799
31800 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31801 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31802
31803 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31804
31805 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31806 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31807
31808 \(fn)" t nil)
31809
31810 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31811 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31812 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31813 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31814 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31815 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31816 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
31817 `woman' command for further details.
31818
31819 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31820
31821 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31822 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31823
31824 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31825
31826 ;;;***
31827 \f
31828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21040 17194
31829 ;;;;;;  398147 0))
31830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31831 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31832
31833 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31834 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31835
31836 BUGS:
31837  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31838    are not implemented
31839  - Options for search and replace
31840  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31841  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31842
31843 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31844 Emacs-like.
31845
31846 \(fn)" t nil)
31847
31848 ;;;***
31849 \f
31850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31851 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31852
31853 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31854 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31855 Return the top node with all its children.
31856 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31857
31858 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31859 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31860 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31861
31862   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31863
31864 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31865 namespace to URIs instead.
31866
31867 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31868 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31869
31870 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31871
31872   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31873
31874 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31875
31876 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31877 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31878 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31879 not contain well-formed XML.
31880
31881 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31882 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31883 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31884 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31885 element of the list.
31886 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31887 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31888 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31889
31890   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31891
31892 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31893 namespace to URIs instead.
31894
31895 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31896 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31897
31898 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31899
31900   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31901
31902 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31903
31904 ;;;***
31905 \f
31906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21075 56234 349623
31907 ;;;;;;  0))
31908 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31909
31910 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31911 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31912 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31913 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31914 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31915 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31916 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31917 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31918 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
31919 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31920
31921 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31922
31923 ;;;***
31924 \f
31925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31926 ;;;;;;  0))
31927 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31928
31929 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31930 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31931 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31934 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31935
31936 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31937
31938 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31939 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31941 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31943
31944 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31945 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
31946 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
31947 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
31948 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31949 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31950
31951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31952
31953 ;;;***
31954 \f
31955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31957
31958 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31959 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31960
31961 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31962
31963 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31964 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31965
31966 \(fn)" nil nil)
31967
31968 ;;;***
31969 \f
31970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31972
31973 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31974 Zone out, completely.
31975
31976 \(fn)" t nil)
31977
31978 ;;;***
31979 \f
31980 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31981 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31982 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31983 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31984 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31985 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31986 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31987 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31988 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31989 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31990 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31991 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31992 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31993 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31994 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31995 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31996 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31997 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31998 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31999 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32000 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32001 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32002 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32003 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32004 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32005 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32006 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32007 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32008 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32009 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32010 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32011 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32012 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32013 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32014 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32015 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32016 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32017 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32018 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32019 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32020 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32021 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32022 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32023 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32024 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32025 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32026 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32027 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32028 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32029 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32030 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32031 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32032 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32033 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32034 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32035 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32036 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32037 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32038 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32039 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32040 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32041 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32042 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32043 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32044 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32045 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32046 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32047 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32048 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32049 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32050 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32051 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32052 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32053 ;;;;;;  "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32054 ;;;;;;  "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32055 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32056 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32057 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32058 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32059 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32060 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32061 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32062 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32063 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32064 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32065 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32066 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32067 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32068 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32069 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32070 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32071 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
32072 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32073 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32074 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32075 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32076 ;;;;;;  "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32077 ;;;;;;  "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32078 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32079 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32080 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32081 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32082 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32083 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32084 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32085 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32086 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32087 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32088 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32089 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32090 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32091 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32092 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32093 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32094 ;;;;;;  "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32095 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32096 ;;;;;;  "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32097 ;;;;;;  "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32098 ;;;;;;  "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32099 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32100 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32101 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32102 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32103 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32104 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32105 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32106 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32107 ;;;;;;  "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32108 ;;;;;;  "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32109 ;;;;;;  "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32110 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32111 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32112 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32113 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32114 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32115 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32116 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32117 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32118 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32119 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32120 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32121 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32122 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32123 ;;;;;;  "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32124 ;;;;;;  "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32125 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32126 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32127 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32128 ;;;;;;  "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32129 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32130 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32131 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32132 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32133 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32134 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32135 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32136 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32137 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32138 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32139 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32140 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32141 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32142 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32143 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32144 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32145 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32146 ;;;;;;  "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32147 ;;;;;;  "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32148 ;;;;;;  "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32149 ;;;;;;  "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32150 ;;;;;;  "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32151 ;;;;;;  "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32152 ;;;;;;  "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32153 ;;;;;;  "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32154 ;;;;;;  "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32155 ;;;;;;  "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32156 ;;;;;;  "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32157 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32158 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32159 ;;;;;;  "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32160 ;;;;;;  "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32161 ;;;;;;  "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32162 ;;;;;;  "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32163 ;;;;;;  "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32164 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32165 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32166 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32167 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32168 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32169 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32170 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32171 ;;;;;;  "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32172 ;;;;;;  "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32173 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32174 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32175 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32176 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32177 ;;;;;;  "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32178 ;;;;;;  "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32179 ;;;;;;  "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32180 ;;;;;;  "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32181 ;;;;;;  "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32182 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32183 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32184 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32185 ;;;;;;  "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32186 ;;;;;;  "x-dnd.el") (21107 32938 48648 817000))
32187
32188 ;;;***
32189 \f
32190 (provide 'loaddefs)
32191 ;; Local Variables:
32192 ;; version-control: never
32193 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32194 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32195 ;; coding: utf-8
32196 ;; End:
32197 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here